and I wil wipe Ierusalém as a man wipeth a dish which he wipeth and turneth it vpside downe 14 And I wil forsake the remnant of mine inheritance and deliuer them into the hand of their enemies and the shal be robbed and spoiled of all their aduersaries 15 Because they haue done euil in my sight and haue prouoked me to angre since the time their fathers came out of Egypt vntil this day 16 Moreouer Manasséh 〈◊〉 innocent blood exceding muche til her eplenished Ierusalém from corner to corner beside his sinne where with he made Iudáh to sinne and to do euil in the sight of the Lord. 17 Concerning the rest of the actes of Manasséh and all that he did and his sinne that he sinned are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudáh 18 And 〈◊〉 slept with his fathers and was buryed in the garden of his owne house euen in the garden of Vzzá and Amón his sonne reigned in his steade 19 ¶ * Amon was two and twentie yere olde when he begā to reigne and he reigned two yere in Ierusalem his mothers name also was Meshullémeth the daughter of Harúz of Iotbáh 20 And he did euil in the sight of the Lord as his father Manasséh did 21 For he walked in all the waie that his father walked in and serued theidoles that his father serued and worshiped them 22 And he forsoke the Lord God of his fathers and walked not in the way of the Lord. 23 And the seruants of Amún conspired against him and slewe the King in his owne house 24 And the people of the land slewe all them that had conspired against King Amón and the people made Iosiáh his sonne King in his steade 25 Concerning the rest of the actes of Amón which he did are they not writē in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudáh 26 And they buryed him in his sepulchre in the gardē of Vzzá and Iosiáh his sonnes reigned in his steade CHAP. XXII 4 Iosiáh repareth the Temple 8 Helkiáh findeth the boke of the Lawe and causeth it to be presented to Iosiáh 12. who sendeth to Huldah the prophetesse to inquire the Lords wil. 1 IOsiáh was * eight yere olde when he began to reigne and he reigned one and thirtie yere in Ierusalém His mothers name also was Iedidáh the daughter of Adaiáh of Bozcáth 2 And he did vprightly in the sight of the Lord and walked in all the wayes of Dauid his father and bowed nether to the right hand nor to the left 3 ¶ And in the eightenth yere of King Iosiáh the King sent Shaphán the sonne of Azaliáh the sonne of Meshullám the chanceller to the house of the Lord saying 4 Go vp to Hilkiáh the hie Priest that he may summe the siluer which is broght into the house of the Lord which the kepers of the dore haue gathered of the people 5 And let them deliuer it into the hand of them that do the worke and haue the ouer sight of the house of the Lord let them giue it to them that worke in the house of the Lord to repaire the decaied places of the house 6 To wit vnto the artificers and carpenters and masons and to bie tymber and hewed stone to repaire the house 7 Howbeit let no rekenynge be made wyth them of the money that is deliuered into their hand for they deale faithfully 8 And Hilkiah the hie Priest sayd vnto Shaphan the chanceller I haue founde the boke of the Lawe in the house of the Lord and Hilkiah gaue the boke to Shaphan and he red it 9 So Shaphan the chāceller came to the King and broght him worde againe and sayd Thy seruauntes haue gathered the money that was founde in the house and haue deliuered it vnto the hands of thē that do the worke and haue the ouersight of the house of the Lorde 10 Also Shaphan the chanceller shewed the King saying Hilkiah the Priest hathe deliuered me a boke And Shaphan redit before the King 11 And when the King had heard the wordes of the boke of the Lawe he rent his clothes 12 Therefore the King commaunded Hilkiah the Priest and Ahikam the sonne of Shaphā and Achbor the sonne of Michaiah and Sha phan the chanceller and Asahiah the Kings seruaunt saying 13 Go ye and inquire of the Lorde for me and for the people and for all Iudah concernynge the wordes of thys boke that is founde for greate is the wrath of the Lorde that is kindled agaynste vs because our fathers haue not obeyed the wordes of thys boke to do accordyng vnto all that which is writen therein for vs. 14 ¶ So Hilkiáh the Priest and Ahikám and Achbór and Shaphán and Asahiáh went vnto Huldáh the Prophetesse the wife of Shallūm the sonne of Tikuáh the sonne of Harhás keper of the wardrobe and she dwelt in Ierusalém in the colledge and they communed with her 15 And she answered them Thus sayth the Lord God of Israél Tel the man that sent you to me 16 Thus sayth the Lord Beholde I wil bring euil vpon this place and on the inhabitans thereof euen all the wordes of the boke which the King of Iudáh hathe red 17 Because they haue forsaken me and haue burnt incense vnto other gods to anger me with all the workes of their hāds my wrath also shal be kindled against this place and shal not be quenched 18 But to the King of Iudáh who sent you to in quire of the lord so shal ye say vnto him Thus sayth the Lord GOD of Israél The wordes that thou hast heard shal come to passe 19 But because thine heart did melt and thou hast humbled thy selfe before the LORD when thou heardest what I spake against this place and against the inhabitants of the same to wit that it shulde be destroyed and accused and hast rent thy clothes and wept before me I haue also heard it sayth the Lord. 20 Beholde therefore I wil gather thee to thy fathers and thou shalt be putin thy graue in peace and thine eyes shal not se all the euil which I wil bring vpō this place Thus they broght the King worde againe CHAP. XXIII 2 Iosiáh readeth the Lawe before the people 3 He maketh a couenant with the Lord. 4 He putteth downe the idoles after he had killed their priests 〈◊〉 He kepeth Passeouer 24 He destroyeth the coniurers 29 He was killed in Megiddó 30 And his sonne Iehoaház reigneth in his steade 33 After he was taken his sonne Iehoiakim was made King 1 THen * the King sent and there gathered vnto him all the Elders of 〈◊〉 and of 〈◊〉 rusalém 2 And the King went vp into the house of the Lord with all the men of Iudáh and all the in habitāts of Ierusalém with him the Priests and Prophetes all the people bothe small great
Lord his God and humbled him self greatly before the God of his fathers 13 And prayed vnto him and God was entreated of him and heard hys prayer and broght him againe to Ierusalém into hys kingdome then Manasséh knewe that the Lord was God 14 Now after this he buylt a wall without the citie of Dauid on the Westside of Gihôn in the valley euen at the entrie of the fishe gate and compassed about Ophél and raised it very hie and put captaines of warre in all the strong cities of Iudáh 15 And he toke awaye the strange Gods and the image out of the house of the Lord all the altars that he had buylt in the moūt of the house of the Lord and in Ierusalém and cast them out of the citie 16 Also he prepared the altar of the Lorde and sacrificed thereon peace offrings and of thankes and commāded Iudáh to serue the Lord God of Israél 17 Neuertheles the people did sacrifice still in the hie places but vnto the Lord their God 18 ¶ Concerning the rest of the actes of 〈◊〉 and his prayer vnto hys God and the wordes of the Seers that spake to hym in the Name of the Lord God of Israél beholde thei are writen in the boke of the Kings of Israél 19 And his prayer and how God was intreated of him and all his sinne and hys trespasse and the places wherein he buylt hie places and set groues and images before he was humbled beholde they are writen in the boke of the Seers 20 So Manasséh slept with his fathers and they buryed him in his owne house and Amón his sonne reigned in his stead 21 ¶ Amón was two and twentie yere olde when he began to reigne and reigned two yere in Ierusalém 22 But he did euil in the sight of the Lorde as did Manasséh his father for Amón sacrificed to all the images which Manasséh his father had made and serued them 23 And he humbled not himselfe before the Lord as Manasséh his father had humbled him selfe but this Amón trespassed more and more 24 And his seruants * cōspired against him and slewe him in his owne house 25 But the people of the land slewe all them that had conspired against King Amón the people of the lande made Iosiáh his sonne King in his stead CHAP. XXXIIII 1 Iosiah destroyeth the idoles 8 And restoreth the Temple 〈◊〉 The boke of the Lawe is founde 21 He sendeth to Huldah the prophetesse for counsel 27 God heareth his prayer 31 He maketh a couenant with God 1 IOsiáh * was eight yere olde whē he began to reigne and he reygned in Ierusalém one and thirtie yere 2 And he did vprightlye in the sight of the Lord and walked in the wayes of Dauid his father and bowed nether to the ryght hand nor to the left 3 And in the eight yere of his reygne when he was yet a childe he began to seke after the God of Dauid his father and in the twelft yere he began to purge Iudáh and Ierusalē from the hie places the groues the kerued images and moltē images 4 And they brake downe in hys sight the altars of 〈◊〉 and he caused to cut downe the images that were on hie vpon them he brake also the groues and the kerued images and the molten images and stampt them to poudre strowed it vpon the graues of them that had sacrificed vnto them 5 Also he burnt the bones of the Priestes vpon they raltars and purged Iudáh and Ierusalém 6 And in the cities of Manasséh Ephráim and Simeón euen vnto Naphtali with their maules they brake all rounde about 7 And when he had destroyed the altars the groues and had broken and stamped to poudre the images and had cut downe all the idoles throughout all the land of Israél he returned to Ierusalém 8 ¶ * Then in the eightene yere of hys reygne when he had purged the land and the Temple he sent Shaphán the sonne of Azaliáh and Maaseáh the gouernour of the citie and Ioáh the sonne of Ioaház the recorder to repare the house of the Lorde his God 9 And when they came to Hilkiáh the hye Priest they deliuered the money that was broght into the house of God whiche the Leuites that kept the dore had gathered at the hand of Manasséh and Ephráim and of all the residue of Israél and of all Iudáh and Beniamin and of the in habitants of Ierusalém 10 And they put it in the hands of them that shuld do the work and had the ouersight in the house of the Lord and they gaue it to the workemē that wroght in the house of the LORD to repare and amende the house 11 Euen to the workemen and to the buylders gaue they it to bye hewed stone and timber for couples and for beames of the houses which the Kings of Iudáh had destroyed 12 And the men did the worke faithfully and the ouerseers of them were Iaháth Obadiáh the Leuites of the childrē of Merari and Zechariáh and Meshullám of the children of the Kohathites to set it forwarde and of the Leuites all that colde skil of instruments of musike 13 And they were ouer the bearers of burdens and them that set forwarde 〈◊〉 the workemen in 〈◊〉 worke and of the Leuites were scribes officers porters 14 ¶ And when they broght out the money that was broght into the house of the Lord Hilkiáh the Priest founde the boke of the Law of the Lord giuen by the hand of Moses 15 Therfore Hilkiáh answered and sayde to Shaphán the chanceler I haue founde the boke of the Lawe in the house of the LORDE and Hilkiáh gaue the boke to Shaphán 16 And Shaphán caryed the boke to the King and broght the King worde agayne saying All that is committed to the hande of thy seruants that do they 17 For they haue gathered the money that was founde in the house of the Lord and haue deliuered it into the hāds of the ouerseers and to the hands of the workemen 18 Also Shaphán the chanceler declared to the King saying Hilkiáh the Priest hathe giuen me a boke and Shaphan red it before the King 19 And when the King had heard the wordes of the Lawe he tare his clothes 20 And the King commanded Hilkiáh and Ahikám the sonne of Shaphán and Abdon the sonne of Micáh and Shaphán the chā celer Asaiáh the Kings seruāts saying 21 Go and enquire of the Lord for me and forthe rest in Israél and Iudáh concerning the wordes of this boke that is founde for great is the wrath of the Lord that is fallen vpon vs because our fathers haue not kept the worde of the Lord to do after all that is written in this boke 22 Then Hilkiáh and they that the King had appointed went to Huldáh the prophetesse the wife of Shallū the
of her fote vpon the grounde for her softenes and tendernes shal be grieued at her housbande thatlyeth in her bosome and at her sonne and at her daughter 57 And at her afterbyrth that shall come out from betwene herfete and at her chyldren whiche she shal beare for when all thyngs lacke she shal eat them secretly duryng the the siege and straitnes where with thine enemie shal besiege thee in thy cities 58 ¶ If thou wilte not kepe and do all the wordes of thys Lawe that are written in thys boke and feare thys glorious and feare full name the Lord thy God 59 Then the Lord wil make thy plagues wonderfull and the plagues of thy sede euen great plagues and of long continuance and sore diseases and of long durance 60 Moreouer he will bryng vpon thee all the diseases of Egypt whereof thou wast afrayed and they shal cleaue vnto thee 61 And euerie sickenes and euerie plague whiche is not written in the boke of thys Lawe wil the Lorde heape vpon thee vntill thou be destroyed 62 And ye shal be left fewe in nomber where ye were as the * starres of heauen in multitude because thou woldest not obey the voy ce of the Lord thy God 63 And as the Lord hathe reioyced ouer you to do you good and to multiplie you so he wyll reioyce ouer you to destroye you and brynge you to noght and ye shal be rooted out of the lande whether thou goest to possesse it 64 And the Lord shal scatter thee among all people from the one end of the worlde vnto the other ād there thou shalt serue other gods whiche thou hast not knowen nor thy fathers euen wood and stone 65 Also among these nacions thou shalt finde no rest nether shall the sole of thy fote haue rest for the Lord shal giue thee there a trembling heart and lokyng to returne til thine eies fall out and a sorowfull minde 66 And thy lyfe shall hang before thee and thou shalt feare bothe nyght and daye and shalt haue none assurance of thy life 67 In the mornynge thou shalte saye Wolde God it were euenyng and at euenynge thou shalt say Wolde God it were mornyng for the feare of thine heart whiche thou shalte feare and for the sight of thyne eies whiche thou shalt se. 68 And the Lorde shall bryng thee into Egypt agayne with shippes by the way whereof I sayd vnto thee Thou shalt se it no more agayne and there ye shall sel your selues vnto your enemyes for bondemen and bounde women and there shal be no byer CHAP. XXIX 2 The people are exhorted to obserue the cōmandements 10 The whole people from the hiest to the lowest are cō prehēded vnder gods couenāt 19 The punishmēt of him that flatereth him selfe in his wickednes 24 The cause of Gods wrath against his people 1 THese are the wordes of the couenaunt whiche the Lorde commanded Mosés to make with the children of Israél in the lande of Moáb beside the couenant which he had made with them in Horéb 2 ¶ And Mosés called all Israél and sayd vnto them Ye haue sene all that the Lord did before your eies in the land of Egypt vnto Pha raóh and vnto all his seruaunts and vnto all his land 3 The great tentacions which thine eies haue sene those great miracles and wonders 4 Yet the LORDE hathe not giuen you an heart to perceiue and eies to se and eares to heare vnto this day 5 And I haue led you fourtie yere in the wildernes your clothes are not waxed olde vppon you nether is thy shooe waxed olde vppon thy fote 6 Ye haue eaten no breade nether dronke wine nor strong drinke that ye might know how that I am the Lord your God 7 After ye came vnto thys place and Sihón Kyng of Heshbón and Og Kyng of Bashán came out agaynste vs vnto battell and we slewe them 8 And toke their land and gaue it for an inheritance vnto the Reubenites and to the Gadites and to the halfe tribe of Manasséh 9 * Kepe therefore the wordes of thys couenant and do them that ye may prosper in all that ye shall do 10 Ye stand this day euerie one of you before the Lorde your God your heades of your tribes your Elders and your officers euen all the men of 〈◊〉 11 Your children your wiues and thy stranger that is in thy campe from the hewer of thy wood vnto the drawer of thy water 12 That thou shuldest passe into the couenaunt of the Lorde thy God and in to his othe whiche the Lord thy God maketh with thee this day 13 For to establish thee this day a people vnto himself ād that he may be vnto thee a God as he hathe sayd vnto thee and as he hathe sworne vnto thy fathers Abrahám Izhák and Iaakób 14 Nether make I this couenant and this othe with you onely 15 But as wel with him that standeth here with vs this day before the Lord our God as with him that is not here with vs this day 16 For ye knowe howe we haue dwelt in the land of Egypt how we passed through the middes of the nacions which ye passed by 17 And ye haue sene their abominacions and their idoles wood and stone siluer and golde which were among them 18 That there shulde not be among you man nor woman nor familie nor tribe whiche shulde turne his heart away thys day frome the Lord our God to go and serue the gods of these nacions and that there shulde not be among you i anie roote that bryngeth fourth gall and worme wood 19 So that when he heareth the wordes of this curse he blesse him selfe in hys hearte saying I shall haue peace althogh I walke accordynge to the stubbernes of myne owne heart thus adding dronk ennes to thirst 20 The Lord will not be mercyfull vnto hym but then the wrath of the Lorde and hysielousie shall smoke against that man and euerie curse that is written in thys boke shall lyght vpon hym and the Lorde shall put out his name from vnderheauen 21 And the Lord shall separate hym vnto euill out of all the tribes of 〈◊〉 accordyng vnto al the curses of the couenant that is written in the boke of this Lawe 22 So that the generaciō to come 〈◊〉 your children that shall ryse vp after you and the stranger that shall come from a farre lande shall saye when they shall se the plagues of this lande and the diseases thereof wherewith the Lorde shal smite it 23 For all that lande shall burne with brimstone and salt it shal not be sowen nor bring fourth nor anie grasse shal growe therin like as in the ouerthrowing of * Sodom and Gomoráh Admáh and Zeboim which the Lord ouerthrewe in his wrath and in his angre 24 Then shall all nacions saye * Wherefore hathe the Lorde done thus
other side they slewe them so that they let none of them * remayne nor escape 23 And the Kynge of Ai they toke aliue and broght him to Ioshúa 24 And when Israél had made an end of slaying all the inhabitāts of Ai in the field that is in the wildernes where they chased them and when they were all fallen on the edge of the sword vntil they were consumed all the Israelites returned vnto Ai smote it with the edge of the sworde 25 And all that fell that day bothe of men women were twelue thousande euen all the men of Ai. 26 For Ioshúa drewe not his hand backe againe which he had stretched out with the speare vntil he had vtterlye destroyed all the inhabitants of Ai. 27 * Onely the cattell and the spoyle of this citie Israél toke for a pray vnto them selues according vnto the word of the Lord which he commanded Ioshûa 28 And Ioshúa burnt Ai made it an heape for euer and a wildernes vnto this day 29 And the Kynge of Ai he hanged on a tre vnto the euening And assone as the sunne was downe Ioshúa commanded that thei shuld take his carkeis downe from the tre and cast it at the entring of the gate of the citie and * lay thereon a greate heape of stones that remaineth vnto this day 30 ¶ Then Ioshúa buylt an altar vnto the Lord God of Israél in mount Ebál 31 As Mosés the seruant of the Lorde had commanded the children of Israél as it is written in the * boke of the Law of Mosés an altar of whole stone ouer which no mā had lift an yron and they offred thereon burnt 〈◊〉 vnto the Lord sacrificed peace offrings 32 Also he wrote there vpon the stones a rehearsall of the Lawe of Mosés which he wrote in the presence of the chyldren of Israél 33 And all Israél and their Elders and officers and their iudges stode on this side of the Arke on that side before the Priests of the Leuites which bare the Arke of the couenant of the Lord aswel the stranger as he that is borne in the countrey halfe of thē were ouer against mount Gerizim and halfe of thē ouer against mount Ebál * as Mosés the seruant of the Lorde had commanded before that they shuld blesse the people of Israél 34 Then afterwarde he red all the wordes of the Lawe the blessings and cursings according to all that is written in the boke of the Lawe 35 There was not a worde of all that Mosés had commanded whiche Ioshúa red not before all the Congregacion of Israél * aswell before the women and the chyldren as the stranger that was cōuersant among them CHAP. IX 1 Diuers Kings assemble them selues against Ioshúa 3 The craft of the Gibeonites 15 Ioshúa maketh a league with them 23 For their craft they are cōdemned to perpetual sclauerie 1 ANd when all the Kings that were beyond Iordén in the mountaines and in the valleis and by all the coastes of the great Sea ouer against Lebanón as the Hittites and the Amorites the Canaanites the Perizzites the Hiuites and the Iebusites heard thereof 2 They gathered them selues together to fight against Ioshúa against Israél with one accord 3 ¶ * But the in habitants of Gibeōn hearde what Ioshúa had done vnto Ierichō and to Ai. 4 And therefore they wroght 〈◊〉 for they went and fained them selues embassadours and toke olde sackes vpon theyr asses and olde bottels for wine both rent and bounde vp 5 And olde shooes and clouted vppon their fete also the raiment vpon them was olde and all their prouision of bread was dried and mouled 6 So they came vnto Ioshúa into the hoste to Gilgál and said vnto him and vnto the men of Israél We be come frome a farre countrey nowe therefore make a league with vs. 7 Then the men of Israél said vnto the Hiuites It may be that thou dwellest among vs how thē can I make a league with thee 8 And they said vnto Ioshúa We are thy seruants Then Ioshúa said vnto them Who are ye and whence come ye 9 And they answered him From a verye far countrey thy seruants are come for the Name of the Lord thy God for we haue heard his fame and all that he hathe done in Egypt 10 And all that he hathe done to the two Kings of the Amorites that were beyonde Iordén to Sihōn King of Heshbōn and to Og King of Bashán whiche were at Ashtaróth 11 Wherefore our Elders and all the inhabitants of our countrey spake to vs saying Take vitailes with you for the iour ney and go to mete them and say vnto thē We are your seruants now therfore make ye a league with vs. 12 This our bread we toke it hot with vs for vitailes out of our houses the daye we departed to come vnto you but now behold it is dried and it is mouled 13 Also these bottels of wine which we filled were new and 〈◊〉 they be rent and these our garments and our shooes are olde by reason of the exceding great iourney 14 ¶ And the men accepted their tale cōcerning their vitailes and counseled not with the mouth of the Lord. 15 So Ioshúa made peace with thē and made a league with them that he wolde suffer them to liue also the Princes of the Cōgregacion sware vnto them 16 ¶ But at the end of thre daies after they had made a league with them they hearde that they were their neighbours and that they dwelt among them 17 And the children of Israél toke theyr iourney and came vnto their Cities the third day and their cities were Gibeōn Chephirah and Beerōth Kiriathiearim 18 And the children of Israél slewe them not because the Princes of the Congregacion had sworne vnto them by the Lord GOD of Israél wherefore all the Congregacion murmured against the Princes 19 Then all the princes said vnto all the Cōgregacion We haue sworne vnto them by the Lord God of Israél now therefore we may not touche them 20 But this we wil do to them and let them liue lest the wrath be vppon vs because of the othe which we sware vnto them 21 And the Princes said vnto them agayne Let them liue but thei shal he we wood and drawe water vnto all the Congregacion as the Princes appoint them 22 Ioshūa then called them and talked with them and said Wherefore haue ye beguiled vs saying We are verie farre from you when ye dwelamong vs 23 Now therefore ye are cursed and there shal none of you be freed from being bondmen and hewers of wood and drawers of water for the house of my God 24 And they aunswered Ioshúa and said Because it was tolde thy seruants that the Lord thy God had * commanded hys seruant Mosés to giue you all the lande
speake with him mouth to mouth and his eyes shal beholde his face 5 And he shal lead Zedekiáh to Babél and there shall he be vntill I visite him saith the Lord thogh ye fight with the Caldeās ye shal not prosper 6 ¶ And Ieremiáh said The word of the Lord came vnto me saying 7 Beholde Han ameél the sonne of Shallúm thine vncle shal come vnto thee and saie Bye vnto thee my field that is in Anathóth for the title by kinred apperteineth vnto thee to bye it 8 So Hanameél mine vncles sonne came to me in the court of the prison according to the worde of the Lord and said vnto me Bye my field I praie thee that is in Anathōth which is in the countrey of Beniamin for the right of the possession is thine and the purchase belongeth vnto thee bye it for thee Then I knewe that this was the worde of the Lord. 9 And I boght the field of Hanameél myne vncles sonne that was in Anathóth weighed him the siluer euen seuen shekels and ten pieces of siluer 10 And I write it in the boke and signed it toke witnesses and weighed him the siluer in the balances 11 So I toke the boke of the possessiō being sealed according to the Law and custome with the boke that was open 12 And I gaue the boke of the possession vnto Baruch the sonne of Neriáh the sonne of Maaseiáh in the sight of Hanameél mine vncles sonne in the presence of the witnesses writen in the boke of the posses sion before all the Iewes that sate in the court of the prison 13 And I charged Baruch before thē saying 14 Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Take the writings euen this boke of the possession bothe that is sealed and this boke that is open and put them in an earthen vessel that thei maie continue a long time 15 For the Lord of hostes the God of Israél saith thus Houses and fields and vineyardes shal be possessed againe in this land 16 ¶ Now when I had deliuered the boke of the possession vnto Barúch the sonne of Neriáh I prayed vnto the Lord saying 17 Ah Lord God beholde thou hast made the heauen and the earth by thy great power and by thy stretched out armie and there is nothing hard vnto thee 18 * Then sheweth mercie vnto thousands recompèncest the iniquitie of the fathers into the bo some of their childrē after thē ô God the great and mightie whose Name is the Lord of hostes 19 Great in counsel and mightie in worke for thine eyes are open vpō all the waies of the sonnes of men to giue to euerie one according to his waies and according to the frute of his workes 20 Which hast set signes and wonders in the land of Egypt vnto this day and in Israél and among all men and hast made thee a Name as appeareth this daie 21 And hast broght thy people Israél out of the land of Egypt with signes and with wonders and with a strong hand with a stretched out arme and with great terror 22 And hast giuen them this land which thou didest sweare to their fathers to giue thē euen a land that floweth with milke and honie 23 And they came in and possessed it but they obeyed not thy voyce nether walked in thy Law all that thou commandedst them to do they haue not done therefore thou hast caused this whole plague to come vpō them 24 Beholde the mounts they are come into the citie to take it and the citie is giuen into the hand of the Caldeans that fight a gainst it by meanes of the sworde and of the famine and of the pestilence and what thou hast spoken is come to passe and beholde thou seest it 25 And thou hast said vnto me ô Lord God Bye vnto thee the field for siluer and take witnesses for the citie shal be giuen in to the hand of the Caldeans 26 ¶ Then came the worde of the Lord vnto Ieremiáh saying 27 Beholde I am the Lord God of all flesh is there anie thing to hard for me 28 Therefore thus saith the Lord Beholde I wil giue this citie into the hand of the Cal deans and into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar King of Babél and he shal take it 29 And the Caldeans shal come and fight against this citie and set fyre on this citie burne it with the houses vpon whose rooses they haue offred incense vnto Baal and powred drinke offrings vnto other gods to prouoke me vnto angre 30 For the children of Israél and the children of Iudáh haue surely done euil beforeme from their youth for the children of Israél haue surely prouoked me to angre with the workes of their hands saith the Lord. 31 Therefore this citie hathe bene vnto me as a prouocation of mine angre and of my wrath from the daye that they buylt euen vnto this daye that I shulde remoue it out of my sight 32 Because of all the euil of the children of Israél and of the children of Iudáh which they haue done to prouoke me to angre euen they their Kings their princes their Priests and their Prophetes and the men of Iudáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém 33 And they haue turned vnto me the backe and not the face thogh I taught them ri sing vp early and instructing them yet they were not obedient to receiue doctrine 34 But they set their abominatiōs in the hou se whereupon my Name was called to defile it 35 And they buylt the hye places of Baal which are in the valley of Ben-hinnóm to cause their sonnes and their daughters to passe through the fyre vnto Moléch which I commanded them not nether came it into my minde that they shulde do suche abomination to cause Iudah to sinne 36 And now therefore thus hathe the Lord GOD of Israél spoken concerning this ci tie where of ye say It shal be deliuered into the hand of the King of Babél by the swor de and by the 〈◊〉 and by the pestilence 37 * Beholde I wil gather them out of all coū treis wherein I haue scatred them in mine angre and in my wrath and in great indignation and I wil bring them againe vnto this place and I wil cause them to dwell safely 38 And they shal be * my people and I wil be their God 39 And I wil giue them one heart one way that thei may feare me for euer for the welth of them and of their children after them 40 And I wil make an euerlasting couenant with them that I wil neuer turne away frō them to do thē good but I wil put my feare in their hearts that thei shal not departe from me 41 Yea I wil delite in them to do them good and I wil plant them in this land assuredly with my whole heart with
thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Beholde I wil bring vpō Iudáh and vpon all the inhabitants of Ieru salém all the euil that I haue pronunced against them because I haue spoken vnto them but thei wolde not heare and I ha ue called vnto them but thei wolde not answer 18 And Ieremiáh said to the house of the Rechabites Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Because ye haue obeied the commandement of Ionadà b your father and kept all his precepts and done according vnto all that he hathe comman ded you 19 Therefore thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Ionadab the sonne of Rechà b shal not want a man to stand be fore me for euer CHAP. XXXVI 1 Barúch writeth as Ieremiáb enditèth the boke of the curses against Iudáh and Israél 9 He is sent with the boke vnto the people and rea deth it before them all 14. He is called before the rulers and readeth it before 〈◊〉 also 23 The King casteth it in the fyre 28 There is another writen at the commandement of the Lord. 1 ANd in the fourth yere of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudáh came this worde vnto Ieremiáh from the Lord saying 2 Take thee a roole or boke and 〈◊〉 therein all the wordes that I haue spoken to thee against Israél against Iudáh against all the nacions from the daie that I spake vnto thee euen from the daies of Iosiáh vnto this daie 3 It maie be that the house of Iudáh wil heare of all the euil which I determined to do vnto them that thei may returne euerie man from his euil waie that I maie forgiue their iniquitie and their sinnes 4 Then Ieremiáh called Barúch the sonne of Neriáh and Barúch wrote at the mouth of Ieremiáh all the wordes of the Lord which he had spoken vnto him vpō a roole or boke 5 And Ieremiáh commanded Barúch saying I am shut vp and can not go into the House of the Lord. 6 Therefore go thou and read the roole wherein thou hast writen at my mouth the wordes of the Lord in the audience of the people in the Lords House vpon the fasting day also thou shalt read them in the hearing of all Iudáh that come out of their cities 7 It may be that thei wil pray before the Lord and euerie one returne from his euil way for the angre and the wrath that the Lord hathe declared against this people 8 So Barúch the sonne of Neriáh did according vnto all that Ieremiáh the Prophet commanded him reading in the boke the wordes of the Lord in the Lords House 9 ¶ And in the fift yere of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudáh in the ninth moneth they proclaimed a fast before the Lord to all the people in Ierusalém and to all the people that came from the cities of Iudáh vnto Ierusalém 10 Then red 〈◊〉 in the boke the wordes of Ieremiáh in the House of the Lord in the chámbre of Geremiáh the sonne of Sha phán the secretarie in the hier court at the entrie of the newe gate of the Lords House in the hearing of all the people 11 When Michaiáh the sonne of Gemariáh the sonne of Shaphán had heard out of the boke all the wordes of the Lord. 12 Then he went downe to the Kings house into the Chancellours chamber and lo all the princes sate there euen Elishama the Chancellour and Delaiáh the sonne of She maiáh and Elnathan the sonne of Achbór and Gemariah the sonne of Shaphan and Zedekiah the sonne of Hananiah and all the princes 13 Then Michaiah declared vnto them all the wordesthat he had heard when Barúch red in the boke in the audience of the people 14 Therefore all the princes sent Iehudi the sonne of Nethanià h the sonne of Shelemiah the sonne of Chushi vnto Barúch saying Take in thine hand the roole wherein thou hast red in the audiēce of the peo ple and come So Baruch the sonne of Neriah toke the roole in his hand and came vnto them 15 And thei said vnto him Sit downe now readit that we may heare So Barúch red it in their audience 16 Now when thei had heard all the wordes they where afraied bothe one and other and said vnto Barúch We wil certifie the King of all these wordes 17 And thei examined Barúch saying Tel vs now how didest thou write all these wordes at his mouth 18 Then Barúch answered them He pronoun ced all these wordes vnto me with his mouth and I wrote thē with yncke in the boke 19 Then said the princes vnto Barúch Go hide thee thou and Ieremiah and let no man knowe where ye be 20 ¶ And thei went in to the King to the court but thei laied vp the roole in the chā bre of Elishama the Chancellour and tolde the King all the wordes that he might heare 21 So the King sent Iehudi to fet the roole he toke it out of Elishama the Chācellors chambre and Iehudired in the audience of the King and in the audiēce of all the prin ces which stode beside the King 22 Now the King sate in the winter house in the ninth moneth and there was a fyre burning before him 23 And when Iehudi hadred thre or foure sides he cut it with the penknife and cast it into the fyre that was on the herth vntil all the roole was cōsumed in the fyre that was on the herth 24 Yet thei were not afraid nor rent their garments nether the King nor any of his seruants that heard all these wordes 25 Neuertheles 〈◊〉 and Delaiah and Gemariah had besoght the King that he wolde not burne the roole but he wolde not heare them 26 But the King commanded Ierahmeél the sonne of Hammélech and Seraiah the sōne of Azriél Shelemiah the sonne of Abdiél to take Barúch the scribe and Ieremiah the Prophet but the Lord hid them 27 ¶ Then the worde of the Lord came to Iere miah after that the King had burnt the roo le and the wordes which Barúch wrote at the mouth of Ieremiah saying 28 Take thee againe an other roole write in it all the former wordes that were in the first roole which Iehoiakim the King of Iu dah hathe burnt 29 And thou shalt say to Iehoiakim King of Iu dah Thus saith the Lord Thou hast burnt this roole saying Why hast thou writen therein saying that the King of Babél shal certeinly come and destroye this land and shal take thence bothe man and beast 30 Therefore thus saith the Lord of Iehoiakim King of Iudah He shal haue none to sit vpon the throne of Dauid and his dead bodie shal be cast out in the day to the heate and in the night to the frost 31 And I wil visite him and his sede and his ser uantes for their iniquitie and I wil
man and his yoke of oxen and by thee wil I breake the dukes and princes 24 And I wilrendre vnto Babél and to all the inhabitants of the Caldeans all their euil that thei haue done in Zión euen in your sight saith the Lord. 25 Beholde I come vnto thee ô destroying mountaine saith the Lord which destroyest all the earth and I wil stretch out mine hand vpō thee and roll the down from thee rockes and wil make thee a burnt mountaine 26 They shal not take of thee a stone for a cor ner nor a stone for fundaciōs but thou shalt be destroyed for euer saith the Lord. 27 Set vp a standart in the land blowe the trūpets among the nacions prepare the naciōs against her call vp the kingdomes of Ararát Minni A 〈◊〉 against her appoint the prince against her cause horses to come vp as the rough caterpillers 28 Prepare againste her the nacions with the Kings of the Medes the dukes thereof and the princes thereof all the land of his dominion 29 And the land shal tremble and sorowe for the deuise of the Lord shal be performed against Babél to make the land of Babél waste without an inhabitant 30 The strong men of Babél haue ceased to fight they haue remained in their holdes their strength hathe failed and they were like women they haue burnther dwelling places and her barres are broken 31 A post shal runne to mete the post a messé ger to mete the messēger to shew the Kīg of Babél that his citie is takē on a side thereof 32 And that the passages are stopped there des burnt with fyre the mē of warre troubled 33 For thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél The daughter of Babél is like a thresshing floore the time of her thresshing is come yet a litle while and the time of her haruest shal come 34 Nebuchad-nezzár the King of Babél hath deuoured me destroyed me he hath mad me an amptie vessel he swalowed me vp like adragon and filled his belie with my delicates and hathe cast me out 35 The spoile of me and that which was left of me is broght vnto Babél shal the inhabitāt of Zión say and my blood vnto the inhabitants of Caldea shal Ierusalém say 36 Therefore thus saith the Lord Beholde I wil mainteine thy cause and take vengean ce for thee and I wil drye vp the sea drye vp her springs 27 And Babél shal be as heapes a dwelling pla ce for dragons an astonishment and an hissing without an inhabitant 38 They shal ro are together like lions and yell as the lions whelpes 39 In their heat I wil make them feastes and I wil make them drunken that they may reioyce and slepe a perpetual slepe and not wake saith the Lord. 40 I wil bring them downe like lambes to the slaughter and like rams and goates 41 How is She shách taken how is the glorie of the whole earth takē how is Babél be come an astonishment among the naciōs 42 The sea is come vp vpon Babél she is couered with the multitude of the waues thereof 43 Her cities are desolate the land is drye a wildernes a land wherein no man dwelleth nether doeth the sonne of man passe thereby 44 I wil also visite Bel in Babél I will bring out of his mouthe that whiche he hathe swallowed vp and the nacions shall runne no more vnto him and the wall of Babél shal fall 45 My people go out of the middes of her and deliuer ye euerie man his soule frome the fierce wrath of the Lord 46 Lest your heart euen faint and ye feare the rumour that shal be heard in the land the rumour shal come this yere and after that in the other yere shal come a rumour and crueltie in the land and ruler against ruler 47 Therefore beholde the dayes come that I wil visite the images of Babél and the whole land shal be confoūded and all her slaine shal fall in the middes of her 48 Then the heauen and the earth and all that is therein shal reioyce for Babél for the destroyers shal come vnto her from the North saith the Lord. 49 As Babél caused the slaine of Israél to fall so by Babél the slaine of all the earth did fall 50 Ye that haue escaped the sworde go awaye stande not still remembre the Lord a farre of let Ierusalém come into your minde 51 We are confounded because we haue heard reproche shame hathe couered our faces for strangers are come into the sanctuaries of the Lords House 52 Wherefore beholde the daies come saith the Lord that I wil visite her grauen images and through all her land the wounded shal grone 53 Thogh Babél shulde mounte vp to heauē and thogh she shulde defend her strength on hie yet from me shal her destroiers come saith the Lord. 54 A sounde of a crye cometh from Babél and great destruction from the land of the Caldeans 55 Because the Lord hathe laid Babél waste destroied from her the great voyce her waues shal roare like great waters and a sounde was made by their noice 56 Because the destroier is come vppon her euen vnto Babél and her strong men are taken their bowes are broken for the Lord God that recompenceth shall surely recompence 57 And I wil made drunke her princes and her wise men her dukes and her nobles her strong men and thei shal slepe perpetual slepe and not wake saith the King whose Name is the Lord of hostes 58 Thus saith the Lord of hostes The thicke wall of Babél shal be broken and her hye gates shal be burnt with fyre and the peo ple shal labour in vaine and the folke in the fyre for thei shal be weary 59 The worde which Ieremiáh the 〈◊〉 commanded Sheraiáh the sonne of Neriiáh the sonne of Maasciáh when he went with Zedekiáh the King of Iudáh into Babél in the fourth yere of his reigne and this She raiáh was a peaceable prince 60 So Ieremiáh wrotē a boke all the euil that shulde come vpon Babél euen all these things that are writen against Babél 61 And Ieremiáh said to Sheraiáh Whē thou comest vnto Babél and shalt se and shalt read all these wordes 62 Then shalt thou say O Lord thou hast spo ken against this place to destroie it that none shulde remaine in it nether man nor beast but that it shuld be desolate for euer 63 And when thou hastmade an end of reading this boke thou shalt binde a stone to it and cast it in the middes of Euphrates 64 And shalt say Thus shal Babél be drowned and shal not rise from the euil that I wil bring vpon her and thei shal be wearie Thus farre are the wordes of Ieremiáh CHAP. LII 4 Ierusalem is taken 10 Zedekiahs sonnes are killed before
was facioned of newe and serued in their owne offices inioyned thē that thy children might be kept without hurt 7 For the cloude ouershadowed their tentes and the drye earth appeared where afore was water so that in the red Sea there was a way without impediment and the great depe became a great field 8 Through the which all the people went that were defended with thine hand seing thy wonderous marueiles 9 For they neyed like horses and leaped like lambes praising thee ô Lord which hadest 〈◊〉 them 10 For they were yet mindeful of those things which were done in the lād where thei dwelt how the grounde forthe flies in steade of cat tel how the riuer 〈◊〉 with the multitude of frogges in steade of fishes 11 * But at the last they sawe a new generation of birdes when they were intised with lust and desired delicare meates 12 * For the quailes came forthe of the sea vnto them for comfort but punishments came vpō the sinners not without signes that we re giuē by great thundrings for they suffred worthely according to their wickednes because they sheweda cruel hatred towarde strangers 13 For the one sorte wold not receiue thē whē they were present because they knewe thē not the other sorte broght the strangers into bondage that had done them good 14 Beside all these things some wolde not suffer that anie regarde shulde be had of them for they handeled the strangers dispitefully 15 Others that had receiued thē with great bāketing and admitted them to be partakers of the same lawes did afflict them with great labours 16 Therefore thei were striken with blindenes as in olde time certeine were at the dores of the * righteousnes so that euerie one being compassed with darknes soght the entrance of his dore 17 Thus the elements agreed among them selues in this change as when one tune is chan ged vpon an instrument of musike and the melodie stil remaineth which may easely be perceiued by the sight of the things that are come to passe 18 For the things of the earth were changed in to things of the water and the thing that did swimme went vpon the grounde 19 The fyre had power in the water contrarie vnto his owne vertue the water for gate his owne kinde to quench 20 Againe the flames did not hurte the flesh of the corruptible beasts that walked therein nether melted they that which semed to be yee and was of a nature that wolde melt and yet was an immortal meat 21 For in all things ô Lord thou hast magnified and glorified thy people and hast not despised to assist them in euerie time and place THE WISDOME OF IESVS the sonne of Sirach called Ecclesiasticus This argument was founde in a certeine Greke copie THis Iesus was the sonne of Sirach and Sirachs father was 〈◊〉 called Iesus and he liued in the latter times after the peo ple had bene led away captiue and broght home againe and almoste after all the Prophetes Now his grandfather as he him self witnesseth was a man of great diligence and wisdome among the 〈◊〉 who did not onely gather the graue sentences of wise men that had bene before him but he him self also spake manie ful of great knowledge and wisdome So this first Iesus dyed and left this which he had gathered and Sirach afterwarde left it to Iesus his sonne who toke it and put it in order in a boke and called it WISDOME in titling it bothe by his owne name his fathers name and his grādfathers thinking by this title of Wisdome to allure the reader to read this boke with more great desire and to consider it more diligently Therefore this boke conteineth wise sayings and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and similitudes with certeine diuine histories which are notable and ancient euen of men that were approued of God and 〈◊〉 prayers and songs of the autor him self moreouer what benefites the Lord had bestowed vpon his people and what plagues he had heaped vpon their ene mies This Iesus did imitate Salomon and was no lesse famous in wisdome and doctrine who was therefore called a man of great knowledge as he was in dede The prologue of the Wisdome of Iesus the sonne of Sirach WHere as manie and great things haue bene giuen vs by the Law and the Prophetes and by others that haue followed them for the which things Israél ought to be cōmē ded by the reason of doctrine and wisdome whereby the readers ought not onely to become learned them selues but also may be able by the diligent studie thereof to be profitable vnto strāgers bothe by speaking and writing after that my grand father Iesus had giuen him self to the reading of the Law and the Prophetes and other bokes of our fathers and had got ten therein sufficient iudgement he purposed also to write some thing 〈◊〉 to learning wisdome to the intent that they which were desirous to learne and wolde giue them selues to these things might profite muche more in liuing according to the Law Wherefore I exhorte you to receiue it louingly and to read it with diligence and to take it in good worthe thogh we seme to some in some things not able to atteine to the interpretation of suche wordes as are hard to be expressed for the things that are spoken in the Hebrewe tongue haue another force in them selues then when they are translated into another tongue not onely these things but other things also as the Law it self and the Prophetes and other bokes haue no smale difference when they are spoken in their owne language Therefore in the eight and thirtieth yere when I came into Egypt vnder King Euergetes continued there I founde a copie ful of great learning and I thoght it necessarie to bestowe my diligence and trauaile to interpret this boke So for a cer teine time with great watching and studie I gaue my self to the finishing of this boke that it might be published that they which remaine in banishement are desirous to learne might applie them selues vnto good maners and liue according to the Law CHAP. I. 1 Wisdome cometh of God 11 A praise of the feare of God 29 The meanes to come by wisdome 1 ALL wisdome* cometh of the Lord ād hathe bene euer with him and is with him for euer 2 Who can nomber the sand of the sea the droppes of the raine and the dayes of the world who cāmeasure the height of heauē the bredth of the earth the depth 3 Who can finde the wisdome of God which hathe bene afore all things 4 Wisdome hathe bene created before all things and the vnderstanding of prudence from euerlasting 5 The worde of God moste high is the foun taine of wisdome and the euerlasting commandements are the entrance vnto her 6 * Vnto whome hathe the roote of wisdome bene declared or who hathe knowen her wi se counsels 7 Vnto whome hath the doctrine
d well in the house of learning 24 Wherefore are ye slowe and what say you of these things seing your soules are very thirstie 25 I opened my mouth said * Bye her for you without money 26 Bowe downe your necke vnder the yoke and your soule shal receiue instruction she is ready that ye may finde her 27 Be holde with your eyes * how that I haue had but litle labour and haue gotten vnto me muche rest 28 Get learning with a great some of money for by her ye shal possesse muche golde 29 Let your soule reioyce in the mercie of the Lord and be not ashamed of his praise 30 Do your duetie be times and he wil giue you a rewarde at his time BARVCH CHAP. I. 1 Baruch wrote a boke during the captiuitie of Babylon which he red before Ieconià h and all the people 10 The Iewes sent the boke with money vnto Ierusalém to their other brethren to the intent that they shulde pray for them 1 ANd these are the wor des of the boke whi che Baruch the sonne of Nerias the son ne of Maasias the sonne of 〈◊〉 the sonne of Asadias the sonne of Helcias wrote in at Babylon 2 In the fifty ere and in the seuenth day of the moneth what time as the Caldeans toke Ierusalém and burnt it with fyre 3 And Baruch did read the wordes of this boke that Iechonias the sonne of Ioacim King of Iuda might heare and all the people that were come to heare the boke 4 And in the audience of the gouernour of the Kings sonnes before the Elders before the whole people frō the lowest vnto the hiest before all them that dwelt at Babylon by the riuer Sud 5 Which when they heard it went fasted and made praiers before the Lord. 6 They made a collection also of money according to euerie mans power 7 And sent it to Ierusalem vnto Ioacim the sonne of 〈◊〉 the sōne of Salom Priest and vnto the other Priests to all the people which were with him at Ierusalem 8 When he had receiued the vessels of the Temple of the Lord that were taken away out of the Temple to bring thē againe into the land of Iuda the tenth day of the moneth Siuan to wit siluer vessels whiche Sedecias the sonne of Iosias King of Iuda had made 9 After that Nabuchodono sor King of Babylon had led away Iechonias from Ierusalém and his princes and his nobles prisoners and the people and caryed them to Babylon 10 And they said Beholde we haue sent you money wher with ye shal bye burnt offrīgs for sinne and incense and prepare a meat offring offre vpon the altar of the Lord our God 11 And pray for the life of Nabuchodonosor King of Babylon and for the life of Baltasar his sonne that their daies may be vpon earth as the daies of heauen 12 And that God wolde giue vs strength and lighten our eyes that we may liue vnder the shadowe of Nabuchodonosor King of Babylon and vnder the shadowe of Baltasar his sonne that we may long do thē seruice and finde fauour in their sight 13 Pray for vs also vnto the Lord our God for we haue sinned against the Lord our God vnto this day the furie of the Lord and his wrath is not turne from vs 14 And rede this boke which we haue sent to you to be rehearsed in the Tēple of the Lord vpon the feast daies and at time con uenient 15 Thus shal ye say * To the Lord our God belongeth righte 〈◊〉 but vnto vs the confusiō of our faces as it is come to passe this day vnto them of Iuda and to the in ha bitants of Ierusalém 16 And to our Kings and to our princes and to our Priests and to our Prophetes and to our fathers 17 Because we haue * sinned before the Lord our God 18 And haue not obeied him nether hearkened vnto the voyce of the Lord our God to walke in the commandements that he gaue vs openly 19 From the day that the Lord broght our fathers out of the land of Egypt euen vnto this day we haue bene disobedient vnto the Lord our God and we haue bene negligent to heare his voyce 20 * Wherefore these plagues are come vpō vs the curse which the Lord appointed by Moyses his seruant as the time that he broght our fathers out of the land of Egypt to giue vs a land that floweth with milke and honie as appeareth this day 21 Neuertheles we haue not hearkened vnto the voyce of the Lord our God according to all the wordes of the Prophetes whome he sent vnto vs. 22 But euerie one of vs followed the wicked imaginacion of his owne heart to serue strange gods and to do euil in the sight of the Lord our God CHAP. II. 1 The Iewes confesse that they suffer iustely for their sin nes The true confession of the Christians 〈◊〉 The Iewes desire to haue the wrath of God turned from thē 32 He promiseth that he wil call againe the people from captiuitie and giue them a newe and 〈◊〉 testament 1 THerefore the Lord our God hathe performed his worde which he pronounced against vs and against our iudges that gouerned Israel and against our Kings against our princes and against the men of Israél and luda 2 To bring vpon vs great plagues suche as neuer came to passe vnder the whole heauē as they that were done in Ierusalē * accor ding to things that were written in the La we of Moyses 3 That some among vs shulde eat the flesh of his owne sonne some the flesh of his owne daughter 4 Moreouer he hathe deliuered them to be in subiection to all the kingdomes that are rounde about vs to be as a reproche desolation amōg all the people rounde about where the Lord hathe scattred them 5 Thus they are broght beneth and not aboue because we haue sinned against the Lord our God and haue not heard his voyce 6 * To the Lord our God apperteineth righ teousnes but vnto vs to our fathers open shame as appeareth this day 7 For all these plagues are come vpon vs which the Lord hathe pronounced against vs. 8 Yet haue we not prayed before the Lord that we might turne euerie one from the imaginacions of his owne wicked heart 9 So the Lord hathe watched ouer the plagues and the Lord hathe broght them vpō vs for the Lord is righteous in all his workes which he hathe commanded vs. 10 Yet we haue not earkened vnto his voyce to walke in the commandements of the Lord that he hathe giuen vnto vs. 11 * And now ô Lord God of Israél that hast broght thy people out of the land of Egypt with a mightie hand and an hie arme and with signes and with wonders and with great power and hast gotten thyself a Name as appeareth this day 12
the moone to shine in it for the glorie of God did light it and the Lambe is the light of it 24 * And the people whiche are saued shall walke in the light of it and the Kings of the earth shall bring their glorie and honour vn to it 25 * And the gates of it shal not be shut by day for there shal be no night there 26 And the glorie and honour of the Gentiles shal be broght vnto it 27 And there shal entre into it none vncleane thing nether whatsoeuer worketh abomination or lies but they whiche are writen in the Lambes * Boke of life CHAP. XXII 1 The riuer of the water of life 2 The frutefulnes light of the citie of God 6 The Lord giueth euer his seruants warning of things to come 9 The Angel wil not be wor shipped 18 To the worde of God may nothyng be added nor diminished there from 1 ANd he shewed me a pure riuer of water of life cleare as crystal proceding out of the throne of God and of the Lambe 2 In the middes of the strete of it of ether side of the riuer was the tre of life whiche bare twelue maner of frutes and gaue frute euerie moneth and the leaues of the tre serued to heale the nations with 3 And there shal be no more cursse but the throne of God and of the Lambe shal be in it and his seruants shall serue him 4 And they shal se his face his Name shal be in their forheades 5 * And there shal be no night there and they nede no candle nether light of the sunne for the Lord God giueth them light and they shall reigne for euermore 6 And he said vnto me These wordes are faithful and true and the Lord God of the holye Prophetes sent his Angel to shewe vnto hys seruants the things whiche must shortely be fulfilled 7 Beholde I come shortely Blessed is he that kepeth the wordes of the prophecie of this boke 8 And I am Iohn which sawe and heard these things and when I had heard and sene * I fell downe to worship before the fete of the Angel which shewed me these things 9 But he said vnto me Se thou do it not for I am thy felowe seruant and of thy brethren the Prophets and of them which kepe the wordes of this boke worship God 10 And he said vnto me Seale not the wordes of the prophecie of this boke for the time is at hand 11 He that is vniust let him bevniust stil and he which is filthie let him be filthie stil and he that is righteous let him be righteous stil he that is holie let him be holie stil. 12 And beholde I come shortely and my rewarde is with me * to giue euerie man accor ding as his worke shal be 13 I am * and the beginning and the end the first and the last 14 Blessed are they that do his commandements that their right may be in the tre of life and may entre in through the gates into the citie 15 For without shal be dogges and enchanters and whoremongers and murtherers idola ters and whosoeuer loueth or maketh lyes 16 I Iesus haue sent mine Angel to testifie vnto you these things in the Churches I am the roote and the generacion of Dauid and the bright morning starre 17 And the Spirit ād the bride say Come And let him that heareth say Come and let him that is a thirst come and * let whosoeuer wil take of the water of life frely 18 For I protest vnto euerie man that heareth the wordes of the prophecie of this boke * if any man shaladde vnto these things God shaladde vnto him the plagues that are writē in this boke 19 And if any man shal diminish of the wordes of the boke of this prophecie God shal take away his parte out of the Boke of life ād out of the holie citie and frō those things which are writen in this boke 20 He which testifieth these things saith Surely I come quickely Amen Euen so come Lord Iesus 21 The grace of our Lord Iesus Christ be with you all Amen A BRIEF TABLE OF THE INTER PRETATION OF THE PROPRE NAMES VVHICH ARE CHIEFLY FOVNDE IN THE OLDE TESTAMENT WHErein the first nomber signifieth the chapter the seconde the verse WHereas the wickednes of time and the blindnes of the former age hathe bene suche that all things altogether haue bene abused and corrupted so that the very right names of diuerse of the holie men named in the Scriptures haue bene forgotten and now seme strange vnto vs and the names of infants that shulde euer haue some godlie aduertisements in them and shulde be memorials and markes of the children of God receiued into his housholde hathe bene hereby also changed and made the signes and badges of idolatrie and heathenish impietie we haue now set forthe this table of the names that be moste vsed in the olde Testament with their interpretatiōs as the Ebrewe importeth partly to call backe the godlie from that abuse when they shal know the true names of the godlie fathers and what they signifie that their children now named after them may haue testimonies by their very names that they are within that faithful familie that in all their doings had euer God before their eyes and that they are bounde by these their names to serue God from their infancie and haue occasion to praise him for his workes wroght in them and their fathers but chiefly to restore the names to their integritie whereby many places of the Scriptures and secret mysteries of 〈◊〉 holie Gost shal better be vnderstand We haue medled rarely with the Greke names because their interpretation isvncerteine and many of them are corrupted from their original as we may also se these Ebrewe names set in the margent of this table which haue bene corrupted by the Grecians Now for the other Ebrewe names that are not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 let not the diligēt reader becareful for he shal finde them in places moste conu enient amongs the annotations at least so many as may seme to make for any edification and vnderstanding of the Scriptures A A Arōn or Aháron a teacher Exod. 4. 14 ¶ Abdá a seruant 1. King Chap. 4. ver 6 Abdeél a seruant of God Ierem. 36. 26 Abdi my seruant 1. Chro. 6. 7 Abdiáh a seruant of the Lord. 1. King 18. 3. and Obadiah one of the twelue Prophetes Abdiél the same 1. Chron. 55. 15 Abéd-negō seruant of shining Dan. 1. 44 Abél mourning the name of a citie but Habél the name of a man doeth signifie vanitie Gen. 4. 2 Abgathá father of the wine presse Abiáh the wil of the Lord. 2. Chro. 29. 1 Abiám father of the sea 1. King 14. 31 Abiasáph a gathering father 1. Chro.
faithfully rendred the text and in all hard places most syncerely expounded the same For God is our witnes that we haue by al meanes indeuored to set forthe the puritie of the worde and right sense of the holy Gost for the edifying of the brethren in faith and charitie Now as we haue chiefely obserued the sense and laboured alwayes to restore it to all integritie so haue we most reuerently kept the proprietie of the wordes considering that the Apostles who spake and wrote to the Gentiles in the Greke tongue rather constrayned them to the liuely phrase of the Ebrewe then entreprised farre by mollifying their langage to speake as the Gen tiles did And for this and other causes we haue in many places reserued the Ebrewe phrases notwithstanding that they may seme somewhat hard in their eares that are not wel practised and also delite in the swete sounding phrases of the holy Scriptures Yet lest ether the simple shulde be discouraged or the malicious haue any occasion of iust cauillation seing some translations read after one sort and some after another whereas all may serue to good purpose and edification we haue in the margent noted that diuersitie of speache or readyng whiche may also seme agreable to the mynde of the holy Gost and propre for our langage with this marke Againe where as the Ebrewe speache semed hardly to agre with ours we haue noted it in the margent after thys sorte vsing that whiche was more intelligible And albeit that many of the Ebrewe names be altered from the olde texte and restored to the true writing and first original whereof they haue their signification yet in the vsual names litle is changed for feare of troublyng the simple readers Moreouer whereas the necessitie of the sentence required any thyng to be added for suche is the grace and proprietie of the Ebrewe and Greke tongues that it can not but ether by circumlocution or by adding the verbe or some worde be vnderstand of them that are not wel practised therein we haue put in the text with another kynde of lettre that it may easely be discerned from the common lettre As touching the diuision of the verses we haue followed the Ebrewe examples which haue so euen from the beginnyng distinct thē Which thing as it ismoste profitable for memorie so doeth it agre with the best translations is moste easie to finde out both by the best Concordances and also by the cotations which we haue diligently herein perused and set forth by this starre* Besides this the principal matters are noted and distincted by this marke ¶ Yea and the arguments both for the booke and for the chapters with the nombre of the verse are added that by all meanes the reader might be holpen For the which cause also we haue set ouer the head of euery page some notable worde of sentence whiche may greatly further aswel for memorie as for the chief point of the page And considering how hard a thing it is to vnderstand the holy Scriptures ād what errors sectes heresies growe dailie for lacke of the true knollage thereof and how many are discouraged as they pretend because they can not atteine to the true ād simple meaning of the same we haue also indeuored bothe by the diligent reading of the best commentaries and also by the conference with the godly and learned brethren to gather brief annotations vpon all the hard places aswel for the vnderstanding of suche wordes as are obscure and for the declaration of the text as for the application of the same as may moste apperteine to Gods glorie and the edification of his Church Forthermore whereas certeyne places in the bookes of Moses of the Kings and Ezekiell semed so darke that by no description they colde be made easie to the simple reader we haue so set them forthe with figures and notes for the ful declaration thereof that they whiche can not by iudgement being holpen by the annotations noted by the lettres a b c c. atteyn thereunto yet by the perspectiue and as it were by the eye may sufficiently knowe the true meaning of all suche places Whereunto also we haue added certeyne mappes of Cosmographie which necessarely serue for the perfect vnderstanding and memorie of diuers places and countreys partely described and partely by occasion touched bothe in the olde and newe Testament Finally that nothing might lacke which might be boght by labors for the increase of knowlage and forthe rance of Gods glorie we haue adioyned two moste profitable tables the one seruing for the interpretation of the Ebrewe names and the other conteyning all the chefe and principal matters of the whole Bible so that nothing as we trust that any colde iustely desire is omitted Therefore as brethrē that are partakers of the same hope and saluatiō with vs we beseche you that this riche perle and inestimable treasure may not be offred in vayne but as sent from God to the people of God for the increase of his kingdome the comfort of his Churche and discharge of our conscience whome it hath pleased him to raise vp for this purpose so you wolde willingly receyue the worde of God earnestly studie it and in all your life practise it that you may now appeare in dede to be the people of God not walking any more according to this worlde but in the frutes of the Spirit that God in vs may be fully glorified through Christ Iesus our Lord who lyueth and reigneth for euer Amen From Geneua 10. April 1561. THE FIRST BOKE OF MOSES called Genesis THE ARGVMENT MOses in effect declareth the thing which are here chiefly to be considered First that the worlde al things therein were created by God and that man being placed in this great tabernacle of the worlde to beholde Gods wonderfull workes and to praise his Name for the infinite graces 〈◊〉 with he had endued him fel willingly from God through disobedience who yet for his owne mercies sake restored him to life and confirmed him in the same by his promes of Christ to come by whome he shulde ouercome Satan death and hel Secondely that the wicked vnmindefull of Gods moste excellent benefites remained still in their wickednes and so falling most horribly from sinne to sinne prouoked God who by his preachers called them continually to repentance at length to destroye the whole worlde Thirdly he assureth vs by the examples of Abrahā Izhák Iakob and the rest of the Patriarkes that his mercies neuer faile them whome he chuseth to be his Churche and to professe his Name in earth but in all their afflictions and persecutions he euer 〈◊〉 them sendeth comforte and deliuereth them And because the beginning increase preseruation and successe thereof might be onely attributed to God Moses sheweth by the examples of Rain I shmaél Esaú and others which were noble in mans iudgement that this churche dependeth not on the estimacion and nobilitie of the worlde
waxe fearce thou knowest this people that thei are euen set on mischief 23 And thei said vnto me Make vs gods to go before vs for we knowe not what is become of this Mosés the 〈◊〉 that broght vs out of the land of Egypt 24 Then I said to them Ye that haue golde plucke it of and thei broght it me and I did cast it into the fire and thereof came this calf 25 Mosés therefore sawe that the people were naked for Aarón had made them naked vnto their shame among their enemies 26 And Mosés stode in the gate of the cāp and said Who perteineth to the Lord let him come to me And all the sonnes of Leui gathered them selues vnto him 27 Then he said vnto thē Thus saith the Lord God of Israél Put euerie man his sworde by his side go to fro frō gate to gate through the hoste and slay euerie man his brother and euerie man his companion and euerie man his neighbour 28 So the children of Leui did as Mosés had commanded and there fel of the people the same day about thre thousand men 29 For Mosés had said Consecrat your hands vnto the Lord this day euen euerie man vpō his sonne and vpon his brother that there may be giuen you a blessing this day 30 And when the mornyng came Mosés said vnto the people Ye haue committed a grieuous crime but now I wil go vp to the Lord if I may pacifie him for your sinne 31 Mosés therfore went againe vnto the Lord and said Oh this people haue sinned a great sinne and haue made them gods of golde 32 Therefore now if thou pardone their sinne thy mercie shall appeare but if thou wilt not I pray thee rase me out of thy boke whiche thou hast written 33 Then the Lord said to Mosés Whosoeuer hathe sinned against me I will put him out of my booke 34 Go now therefore bryng the people vnto the place whichel cōmanded thee beholde mine Aungell shall go before thee but yet in the day of my visitacion I will viset their sinne vpon them 35 So the Lorde plagued the people because they caused Aarôn to make the calf which he made CHAP. XXXIII 2 The Lord promiseth to send an Angel before his people 4 They are sad because the Lord denieth to go vp with them 9 Mosés talketh familiarely with God 13 He prayeth for the people 18 And desireth to se the glorie of the Lord. 1 AFterward the Lord said vnto Mosés Departe go vp from hence thou and the people whiche thou hast broght vp out of the land of Egypt vnto the land whiche I sware vnto Abrahám to Izhák to Iaak ob saying * Vnto thy sede wil I giue it 2 And * I will send an Angel before thee and wil cast out the Canaanites the Amorites and the Hittites the Perizzites the Hiuites and the Iebusites 3 To a land I say that floweth with milke and hony for I wil not go vp with thee * because thou art a stifnecked people lest I con sume thee in the way 4 And when the people heard this euil tidings they sorowed and no man put on his best rayment 5 For the Lorde had said to Mosés Say vnto the children of Israél Ye are a stifnecked people I wil come sodenly vpō thee consume thee therefore now put thy costely rayment from thee that I may know what to do vnto thee 6 So the children of Israél laied their good rayment frō thē after Mosés came downe from the mount Horéb 7 Then Mosés toke his tabernacle and pitched it without the hoste far of frō the host and called it Ohel-moéd And when anye did seke to the Lorde he went out vnto the Tabernacle of the Congregacion whiche was without the hoste 8 And when Mosés went out vnto the Ta'ber nacle al the people rose vp and stode euerie man at his tent dore and loked after Mosés vntil he was gone into the Tabernacle 9 And assone as Mosés was entred into the Tabernacle the cloudy piller descended and stode at the dore of the Tabernacle and the Lord talked with Mosés 10 Now when all the people sawe the cloudy piller stand at the Tabernacle dore all the people rose vp and worshipped euerie man in his tent dore 11 And the Lord spake vnto Mosés face to face as a man speaketh vnto his friend After he turned againe into the hoste but his seruāt Ioshúa the sonne of Nun a yong man departed not out of the Tabernacle 12 ¶ Then Mosés said vnto the Lord Se thou saiest vnto me Lead this people fourth and thou hast not shewed me whome thou wilt send with me thou hast said moreouer I kno we thee by name and thou hast also founde grace in my sight 13 Now therefore I pray thee if I haue founde fauour in thy sight she we me now thy way that I may knowe thee and that I may finde grace in thy sight consider also that this nacion is thy people 24 And he answered My presence shal go with thee and I wil giue thee rest 15 Then he said vnto him If thy presence go not with vs cary vs not hence 16 And wherein now shal it be knowen that I and thy people haue founde fauour in thy sight shal it not be when thou goest with vs so I and thy people shal haue preeminence before all the people that are vpon the earth 17 And the Lord said vnto Mosés I wil do this also that thou hast said for thou hast founde grace in my sight and I knowe thee by name 18 Againe he said I beseche thee shewe me thy glorie 19 And he answered I wil make all my good go before thee and I wil proclaime the Na me of the Lord before the. * for I wil shewe mercie to whome I wil shewe mercie and wil haue compassion on whome I wil haue compassion 20 Further more he said Thou canst not se my face for there shal no man se me and liue 21 Also the Lord said Beholde there is a place by me and thou shalt stande vpon the rocke 22 And while my glorie passeth by I wil put thee in a cleft of the rocke wil couer thee with mine hand whiles I passe by 23 After I wil take away mine hand and thou shalt semy backe partes but my face shall not be sene CHAP. XXXIIII 1 The Tables are renued 6 The description of God 12. All felowship with idolaters is forbidden 18 The thre feasts 28 Moses is 40. daies in the mount 30. His face shineth and 〈◊〉 couereth it with a vaile 1 ANd the Lord said vnto Mosés * Hewe thee two Tables of stone like vnto the first and I wil write vpō the Tables the wor des that were in the first Tables which thou brakest in pieces 2 And be ready in
all Israél shal come to appeare befo re the Lord thy God in the place which he shal chose thou shalt read this Lawe before all Israél that they may heare it 12 Gather the people together men and women and children and thy stranger that is within thy gates that they may heare and that they may learne and feare the Lord your God and kepe and obserue all the wordes of this Lawe 13 And that their children which haue not knowē it may heare it learne to feare the Lord your God as long as ye liue in the land whether ye go ouer Iordén to possesse it 14 ¶ Then the Lord said vnto Mosés Beholde thy dayes are come that thou must dye Call Ioshúa and stand ye in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion that I may giue him a charge so Mosés and Ioshúa went and stode in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 15 And the Lord appeared in the Tabernacle in the piller of a cloude and the piller of the cloude stode ouer the dore of the Tabernacle 16 ¶ And the Lord said vnto Mosés Beholde thou shalt slepe with thy fathers and this people wil rise vp and go a whoring after the gods of a strange land whether they go to dwel therein and wil forsake me breake my couenāt which I haue made with them 17 Wherefore my wrath wil waxe hote against them at that day and I wil forsake them and wil hide my face from thē then they shal be consumed and many aduersities and tribula cions shal come vpon them so then they wil say Are not these troubles come vpon me because God is not with me 18 But I wil surely hide my face in that day because of all the euil which they shal commit in that they are turned vnto other gods 19 Now therefore write ye this song for you and teache it the children of Israél put it in their mouthes that this song may be my witnes against the children of Israél 20 For I wil bring them into the land which I sware vnto their fathers that floweth with milke and honie and they shal eat and fil them selues and waxe fat then shal they turne vnto other gods and serue them and contemne and breake my couenant 21 And then when manie aduersities and tribulacions shal come vpon them this song shal answer them to their face as a witnes for it shal not be forgotten out of the mouthes of their posteritie for I knowe their imaginacion which they go about enē now before I haue broght them into the land which I sware 22 ¶ Mosés therefore wrote this song the same day and taught it the children of Israél 23 And God gaue Ioshúa the sonne of Nun a charge and said * Be strong and of a good courage for thou shalt bring the children of Israél into the land which I sware vnto thē and I wil be with thee 24 ¶ And when Mosés had made an end of writing the wordes of this Lawe in a boke vntil he had finished them 25 Then Mosés cōmanded the Leuites which barethe Arke of the couenant of the Lord saying 26 Take the boke of this Law and putye it in the side of the Arke of the couenant of the Lord your God that it may be there for a witnes against thee 27 For I knowethy rebellion thy stiffe necke beholde I being yet aliue with you this day ye are rebellious against the Lord how muche more then after my death 28 Gather vnto me all the Elders of your tribes and your officers that I may speake these wordes in their audience and call heauen and earth to recorde against them 29 For I am sure that after my death ye wil vtterly be corrupt and turne from the way which I haue commanded you therefore euil wil come vpon you at the length because ye wil commit euil in the sight of the Lord by prouoking him to angre through the worke of your handes 30 Thus Mosés spake in the audience of all the Congregacion of Israél the wordes of this song vntil he had ended them CHAP. XXXII 7 The song of Mosés conteining Gods benefites toward the people 15 And their in gratitude toward him 20 God menaceth them 21 And speaketh of the vocation of the Gentiles 46 Mosés commandeth to teache the Lawe to the children 48 God fore warneth Mosés of his death 1 HEarkenye heauens and I wil speake and let the earth heare the wordes of my mouth 2 My doctrine shal drop as the raine and my speache shal stil as doeth the dewe as the shoure vpon the herbes and as the great raine vpon the grasse 3 For I wil publishe the Name of the Lord giue ye glorie vnto our God 4 Perfect is the worke of the mighty God for all his wayes are iudgement God is true and without wickednes iust and righteous is he 5 They haue corrupted them selues toward him by their vice not being his children but a frowarde and crooked generacion 6 Do ye so rewarde the Lord ô foolish people and vnwise is not he thy father that hathe boght thee he hathe made thee and proportioned thee 7 ¶ Remember the dayes of olde consider the yeres of so manie generacions aske thy father and he wil shewe thee thine Elders they wil tel thee 8 When the most 〈◊〉 God deuided to the 〈◊〉 cions their inheritance when he separated the sonnes of Adám he appointed the borders of the people according to the nomber of the children of Israél 9 For the Lords porciō is his people Iaakób is the lot of his inheritance 10 He founde him in the land of the wildernes in a waste and roaring wildernes he led him about he taugh thim and kept him as the apple of his eye 11 As an egle stereth vp her nest flotereth ouer her birdes stretcheth out her wings taketh them and beareth them on her wings 12 So the Lord alone led him and there was no strange god with him 13 He caried him vp to the hie places of the earth that he might eat the frutes of the fields and he caused him to sucke hony out of the stone and oyle out of the hard rocke 14 Butter of kine and milke of shepe with fat of the lambs and rams fed Bashán and goates wyth the fat of the graynes of wheat and the red licour of the 〈◊〉 haste thou dronke 15 ¶ But he that shulde haue bene vpryght when he waxed fat spurned wyth hys hele thou att fat thou art grosse thou art laden with fatnes therfore he forsoke God that made him and regarded not the strong God of his saluacion 16 They prouoked hym with strange gods they prouoked hym to angre wyth abominacions 17 They offred vnto deuils not to God but to gods whom they knew not newe gods that came newly vp whome theyr fathers feared not 18 Thou
other thre bokes of Moses 40. Ioshúa 27. So the whole maketh 2597 yeres CHAP. I. 2 The Lord incourageth Ioshua to inuade the lād 4. The borders and limites of the land of the Israelites 5 The Lord promiseth to assist Ioshua if he obey his worde 11. Ioshua commandeth the people to prepare them selues to passe ouer Iordén 12 And exhorteth the Reubenites to execute their charge 1 〈◊〉 after the death of Mosés the seruāt of the Lord the Lord spake vnto Ioshúa the sonne of Nun Mosés minister saying 2 Mosés my sernant is dead now therefore arise go ouer this Iordén thou and all this people vnto the land which I giue them that is to the children of Israél 3 * Euerie place that the sole of your fote shal treade vpon haue I giuen you as I said vnto Mosés 4 * From the wildernes and this Lebánón euen vnto the great Riuer the riuer Peráth all the land of the Hittites euen vnto the great sea toward the going downe of the sunne shal be your coast 5 There shal not a man be able to withstand thee all the dayes of thy life as I was with Mosés so wil I be with thee * I wil not lea ue thee nor forsake thee 6 Be strong and of a good courage for vnto this people shalt thou deuide the land for an inheritance which I sware vnto their fathers to giue them 7 Onely be thou strong and of a moste valiant courage that thou maiest obserue and do according to all the' Lawe which Mosés my seruant hathe commanded thee * thou shalt not turne away from it to the right hād nor to the left that thou maiest prosper whethersoeuer thou goest 8 Let not this boke of the Lawe departe out of thy mouth but meditate therein day and night that thou maiest obserue and do according to all that is writtē therein for then shalt thou make thy way prosperous then shalt thou haue good successe 9 Haue not I commanded thee saying Be strong and of a good courage feare not nor be discouraged for I the Lord thy God wil be with thee whethersoeuer thou goest 10 ¶ Then Ioshúa commanded the officers of the people saying 11 Passe through the hoste and commande the people saying Prepare you vitailes for after thre daies ye shal passe ouer this Iordē to go in to possesse the land which the Lord your God giueth you to possesse it 12 ¶ And vnto the Reubenites and to the Gadites to halfe the tribe of 〈◊〉 spake Ioshúa saying 13 * Remēber the worde which Mosés the ser uant of the Lorde commanded you saying The Lord your God hathe giuen you rest hathe giuen you this land 14 ¶ Your wiues your children your cattel shall remaine in the land which Mosés gaue you on this side Iordén but ye shal go ouer before your brethren armed all that be men of warre and shal helpe them 15 Vntill the Lord haue giuen your brethren rest as well as to you and vntil they also shall possesse the land which the Lord your God giueth thē then shal ye returne vnto the land of your possession shal possesse it whiche land Mosés the Lords 〈◊〉 gaue you on this side 〈◊〉 towarde the sunne rising 16 Then they answered Ioshúa saying Al that thou hast commanded vs we wil do whethersoeuer thou sendest vs we wil go 17 As we obeyed Mosés in all things so will we obey thee onely the Lord thy GOD be with thee as he was with Mosés 18 Whosoeuer shal rebelle against thy cōman dement wil not obey thy wordes in al that thou cōmandest him let him be put to death onely be strong and of good courage CHAP. II. 1 Ioshúa sendeth mē to spie 〈◊〉 whome Raháb hideth 11 She consesseth the God of Israél 12 She requireth a signe for 〈◊〉 deliuerance 21 The spies returne to Ioshúa with comfortable tidings 1 THen Ioshúa the sonne of Nun sent out of Shittim two men to spie secretly saying Go ve we the land also Ierichó and they went and * came into an harlots house named Raháb and lodged there 2 Then reporte was made to the Kyng of Ierichó saying Beholde there came men hether to night of the children of Israél to spie out the countrey 3 And the King of Ierichô sent vnto Rahāb saying Bring forth the men that are come to thee and whiche are entred into thine house for they be come to searche out all the land 4 But the woman had taken the two men hid them Therefore said she thus There came men vnto me but I wist not whence they were 5 And when they shut the gate in the darcke the men went out whether the men went I wote not followe ye after thē quickely for ye shall ouertake them 6 But she had broght thē vp to the roofe of the house and hyd them with the stalkes of flaxe whiche she had spread abroade vpon the roofe 7 And certeine men pursued after them the way to Iordén vnto the fourdes and assone as thei which pursued after them were gone out thei shut the gate 8 ¶ And before thei were a slepe she came vp vnto them vpon the roofe 9 And said vnto the men I knowe that the Lord hathe giuen you the land and that the feare of you is fallen vpon vs and that all the inhabitants of the land faint because of you 10 For we haue heard how the Lord * dryed vp the water of the read Sea before you whē you came out of Egypt and what you did vnto the two Kings of the Amorites that were on the other side Iordén vnto * Sihōn and to Og whome ye vtterly destroyed 11 And whē we hearde it our heartes did faint and there remained no more courage in anie because of you for the Lord your God he is the God in heauen aboue and in earth beneth 12 Now therefore I pray you sweare vnto me by the Lord that as I haue shewed you mercie ye wil also shewe mercie vnto my fathers house and giue me a true token 13 And that ye wil saue aliue my father and my mother and my brethren and my sisters and all that thei haue and that ye wil deliuer our soules from death 14 And the men answered her Our life for you to dye if ye vtter not this 〈◊〉 busines when the Lord hathe giuen vs the land we wil deale mercifully and truely with thee 15 Thē she let them downe by a corde through the windowe for her house was vpon the towne wall and she dwelt vpon the wall 16 And she said vnto them Go you into the mountaine lest the pursuers mete with you and hyde your selues there thre daies vntil the pursuers be returned thē afterward may ye go your way 17 And the men
the gods whiche your fathers serued beyonde the flood and in Egypt and ser ue ye the Lord. 15 And if it seme euyll vnto you to serue the Lord chuse you this day whom ye wil serue whether the gods whiche your fathers serued that were beyonde the floode or the gods of the Amorites in whose land ye dwel but I and mine house wil serue the Lord. 16 Then the people answered and sayd God forbid that we shulde forsake the Lorde to serue other gods 17 For the Lord our GOD he broght vs and our fathers out of the land of Egypt frome the house of bondage and he dyd those great miracles in our sight and preserued vs in all the waye that we went and among all the people through whome we came 18 And the Lorde did cast out before vs all the people euen the Amorites whiche dwelt in the lande therefore will we also serue the Lord for he is our God 19 And Ioshua sayd vnto the people Ye can not serue the Lord for he is an holy God he is a ielous God he will not pardon your iniquitie nor your sinnes 20 If ye forsake the Lorde and serue straunge gods * then he will returne and bring euill vpon you and consume you after that he hathe done you good 21 And the people said vnto Ioshua Nay but we will serue the Lord. 22 And Ioshua sayd vnto the people Ye are witnesses agaynste your selues that ye haue chosen you the Lord to serue him and they said We are witnesses 23 Then put away now sayd he the strange gods which are among you and bow your hearts vnto the Lord God of Israél 24 And the people said vnto Ioshua The Lord our God will we serue and his voyce wil we obey 25 So Ioshua made a couenant with the people the same day and gaue them an ordinan ce and lawe in Shechém 26 And Ioshua wrote these wordes in the boke of the Lawe of God and toke a great stone and pitched it there vnder an oke that was in the Sanctuarie of the Lord. 27 And Ioshua sayd vnto all the people Beholde this stone shal be a witnes vnto vs for it hathe heard all the wordes of the Lorde which he spake with vs it shal be therefore a witnes against you lest ye deny your God 28 Then Ioshúa let the people departe euerie man vnto his inheritance 29 And after these things Ioshua the sonne of Nun the seruant of the Lord dyed beyng an hundreth and ten yeres olde 30 And they buryed him in the border of hys inheritance in * Timnath-seráh whiche is in mount Ephráim on the Northside of mount Gáash 31 And Israél serued the Lorde all the dayes of Ioshua and all the dayes of the Elders that ouer lyued Ioshua and whiche had knowen all the 〈◊〉 of the Lorde that he had done for Israél 32 And the * bones of Ioséph which the chil dren of Israél broght out of Egypt buryed they in Shechém in a parcell of grounde which laak ob boght of the * sonnes of Hamór the father of Shechém for an hūdreth pieces of siluer and the children of Ioséph had them in their inheritance 33 Also Eleazár the sonne of Aarón dyed whō they buried in the hill of Phinehás his sonne which was giuē him in mount Ephraim THE BOKE OF IVDGES THE ARGVMENT ALbeit there is nothing that more prouoketh Gods wrath then mās ingratitude yet 〈◊〉 there nothing so displeasant and heinous that can turne backe Gods loue from his Churche for now when the Israelites were entred into the land of Canáan sawe the trueth of Gods promes performed in stead of acknowledging his greate benefites giuyng thankes for the same they fel to moste horrible obliuion of Gods graces contrarie to their solemne promes made vnto Ioshúa so prouoked his vengeance as muche as in thē stode to their vtter destruction Whereof as they had moste euident signes by the mutabilitie of their state for he suffered thē to be moste cruelly vexed tormented by tyrants he pulled thē from libertie cast them into 〈◊〉 to the intent they might fele their owne miseries so cal vnto him be deliuered Yet to shewe that his mercies indure for euer he raised vp from time to time suche as shulde deliuer thē and assure thē of his fauour grace if they wolde turne to him by true repentāce And these deliuerers the Scriptures calleth Iudges because they were executers of Gods iudgements not chosen of the people nor by succession but raised vp as it se med best to God for the gouernance of his people They were twelue in nōber besides Ioshúa and gouerned frō Ioshúa vnto Saúl the first King of Israél Ioshúa these vnto the tyme of Saúl ruled 336 yeres In this boke are manie notable points declared but two especially first the battel that the Churche of God hathe for the maintenance of true religion against idolatrie and superstition next what great danger that commune wealth is in when as God giueth not a magistrate to reteine his people in the purenes of religion and his true seruice CHAP. I. 1 After Ioshúa was dead Iudáh was constitute captaine 6 Adoni-bézek is taken 14 The request of Achsah 16 The children of Keni 19 The Canaanites are made tributaries but not destroyed 1 AFter that Ioshúa was dead the children of Israél asked the Lord saying Who shal go vp for vs against the Canaanites to fight first against them 2 And the Lorde said Iudáh shall go vp beholde I haue giuen the land into his hand 3 And Iudáh said vnto Simeón his brother Come vp with me into my lot that we may fight against the Canaanites and I like wise wil go with thee into thy lot so Simeon went with him 4 Then Iudáh went vp and the Lord deliuered the Canaanites and the Perizzites into their hands and they slew of them in Bézek ten thousand men 5 And they founde Adoni-bézek in Bézek and they fought against him and slewe the Canaanites and the Perizzites 6 But Adoni-bézek fled they pursued after him and caught him cut of the thumbes of his hands and of his fete 7 And Adoni-bézek said Seuētie Kings hauing the thūbes of their hands of their fete cut of gathered bread vnder mytable as I haue done so God hathe rewarded me so they broght him to Ierusalém and there he dyed 8 Now the children of Iudáh had fought against Ierusalém and had taken it and smitten it with the edge of the sworde and had set the citie on fire 9 ¶ Afterwarde also the childrē of Iudáh went downe to fight against the Canaanites that dwelt in the mountaine and towarde the South and in the lowe countrey 10 And Iudáh wēt against the Canaanites that dwelt in Hebrón which Hebrón before time was called * Kiriath-arbá and they
tribe for my seruant 〈◊〉 sake and for Ierusalém the citie which I hane chosen out of all the tribes of Israel 33 Because thei haue forsaken me and haue worshiped Ashtaróth the god of the Zidonians and Chemosh the god of the Moabites and Milcom the god of the Ammonites and haue not walked in my wayes to do right in mine eyes and my statutes and my lawes as did Dauid his father 34 But I wil not take the whole kingdome 〈◊〉 of his hand for I wil make him prince all his life long for Dauid my seruāts sake whome I haue chosen and who kepe my 〈◊〉 and my statutes 35 * But I wil take the kingdome out of his sonnes hand and wil giue it vnto the euē the ten tribes 36 And vnto his sonne wil I giue one tribe that Dauid my seruant maye haue a light alwaie before me in Ierusalém the citie which I haue chosen me to put my Name there 37 And I wil take thee and thou shalt reigne euen as thine heart desireth and shalt be King ouer Israel 38 And if thou hearken vnto all that I commande thee and wilt walke in my waies and do right in my sight to kepe my statu tes and my commandements as Dauid my seruant did then wil I be with thee and buylde thee a sure house as I buylt vnto Dauid and wil giue Israél vnto thee 39 And I wil for this afflictthe seede of Dauid but not for euer 40 ¶ Salomón soght therefore to kil Ieroboám and Ieroboám arose and fled into Egypt vnto Shishak King of Egypt and was in Egypt vntil the death of Salomón 41 And the rest of the wordes of Salomón all that he did his wisdome are thei not written in the boke of the actes of Salomōn 42 The thime that Salomôn reigned in Ierusalém ouer all Israél was fourtie yere 43 And Salomón slept with his fathers and was buryed in the citie of Dauid his father and Rehoboám his sonne reigned in his steade CHAP. XII 1 Rehoboā succedeth Salomón 8 He refuseth the connsel of the 〈◊〉 20 Ieroboám reigneth ouer Israél 21 God commandeth Rohoboam not to fight 28 Ieroboām ma keth golden calues 1 ANd * Rehoboám went to Shechém for all Israél were come to Shechém to make him King 2 And when Ieroboám the sonne of Nebát heard of it who was yetin Egypt * whether Ieroboam had fled from King Salomō and dwelt in Egypt 3 Then thei sent and called him and Ieroboam and all the Congregacion of Israél came and spake vnto Rehoboam saying 4 Thy father made our * yoke grieuous seruitude of thy father and his sore yoke which he put vpon vs lighter and we wil serue thee 5 And he said vnto them Departe yet for thre dayes then come againe to me And the people departed 6 And King Rehoboám toke counsel with the olde men that had stande before Salomon his father while he yet liued and said What coūsel giue ye that I may make an answer to this people 7 And thei spake vnto him saying If thou be a seruant vnto this people this day serue them and answer them and speake kinde wordes to them thei wil be thy seruants for euer 8 But he forsoke the counsel that the olde men had giuen him and asked counsel of the yong men that had bene broght vp with him and waited on him 9 And he said vnto them What counsel gi giue ye that we may answer this people which haue spoken to me saying 〈◊〉 the yoke which thy father did put vpon vs lighter 10 Then the yong men that were broght vp with him spake vnto him saying Thus shalt thou say vnto this people that haue spoken vnto thee and said Thy father ha the made our yoke heauie but make thou it lighter vnto vs euen thus shalt thou say vnto them My * least parte shal be big ger then my fathers loynes 11 Now where as my father did burden you with a grieuous yoke I wil yet make your yoke heauier my father hathe chastised you with rods but I wil correct you with scourges 12 ¶ Then Ieroboam and all the people came to Rehoboám the third day as the King had appointed saying Come to me agai ne the third day 13 And the King answered the people sharpely and left the olde mens counsel that thei gaue him 14 And spake to them after the counsel of the young men saying My father made your yoke grieuous and I wil make your yoke more grieuous my father hath chastised you with rods but I wil correct you with scourges 15 And the Kynge hearkened not vnto the people for it was the ordinance of the Lord that he might performe his saying whiche the Lord had spoken by * Ahiiáh the Shilonite vnto Ieroboám the sonne of Nebát 16 So when all Israél sawe that the King regarded them not the people aunswered the King thus saying What porcion haue we in Dauid we haue none inheritance in the sonne of Ishái To your tents ô Israél now se to thine owne house Dauid So Israél departed vnto their tents 17 Howbeit ouer the childrē of Israél which dwelt in the cities of Iudáh did Rehoboám reigne still 18 ¶ Now the King Rehoboám sent Adorám the receiuer of the tribute and all Israél stoned him to death thē King Rehoboám made spede to get him vp to his charet to flee to Ierusalém 19 And Israél rebelled against the house of Dauid vnto this day 20 ¶ And when all Israél had heard that Ieroboám was come agayne they sent and called him vnto the assemblye and made him Kynge ouer all Israél none followed the house of Dauid but the tribe of Iudáh * onely 21 And when Rehoboám was come to Ierusalém he gathered all the house of Iudáh with the tribe of Beniamin an hundreth foure score thousand of chosen men whiche were good warriours to fight against the house of Israél and to bryng the kingdome againe to Rehoboám the sonne of Salomón 22 * But the worde of God came vnto Shemaiáh the man of God saying 23 Speake vnto Rehoboám the sonne of Salomōn King of Iudáh and vnto all the house of Iudáh and Beniamin the remnant of the people saying 24 Thus sayth the Lord Ye shal not go vp nor fight against your brethren the chyldren of Israél 〈◊〉 euerye man to hys house for this thing is done by me They obeied therefore the worde of the Lorde and returned and departed according to the worde of the Lord. 25 ¶ Then Ieroboám buylt Shechē in mount Ephráim and dwelt therein and wēt from thence and buylt Penuél 26 And Ieroboám thoght in his heart Now shall the kingdome returne to the house of Dauid 27 If this people go vp do sacrifice in the house of the Lord at Ierusalém thē shall the heart of this people
brother 31 And when he had buryed him he spake to his sonnes saying When I am dead burye ye me also in the sepulchre wherein the man of God is buryed lay my bones beside his bones 32 For that thynge whiche he cryed by the worde of the Lord against the altar that is in Beth-él and against all the houses of the hie places which are in the cities of Sama ria shal surely come to passe 33 Howbeit after this Ieroboám conuerted not from his wicked waye but turned againe and made of the lowest Who wold might consecrate him selfe and be of the Priests of the hie places 34 And this thinge turned to sinne vnto the house of Ieroboám euen to roote it out destroy it from the face of the earth CHAP. XIIII 1 Ieroboam sendeth his wife disguised to Ahiiah the Prophet who declareth vnto hym the destruction of hys house 22 Iudah is punished by Shishak 1 AT that time Abiiāh the sonne of Ieroboám fel sicke 2 And Ieroboā said vnto his wife Vp I pray thee and disguise thy selfe that they knowe not that thou art the wife of Ieroboám and go to Shilóh for there is Ahiiáh the Prophet which tolde me * that I shuld be King ouer this people 3 And take with thee tene loaues and craknels and a bottell of hony and go to him he shall tell thee what shal become of the yong man 4 And Ieroboams wife did so and a rose and went to Shilóh and came to the house of Ahiiáh but Ahiiáh colde not se for hys sight was decayed for his age 5 Then the Lord said vnto Ahiiáh Beholde the wife of 〈◊〉 commeth to aske a thing of thee for her sonne for he is sicke thus and thus shalt thou say vnto her for when she cōmeth in she shal feine her selfe to be another 6 Therefore when Ahiiáh heard the sounde of her fete as she came in at the dore he said Come in thou wif of Ieroboám why feinest thou thus thy selfe to be another I am sent to thee with heauy tidings 7 Go tel Ieroboā Thus saith the Lord God of Israél Forasmuche as I haue exalted thee from among the people haue made thee prince ouer my people Israél 8 And haue rent the king dome away from the house of Dauid and haue giuē it thee and thou hast not bene as my seruant Dauid which kept my commandements and followed me with all his hearte and dyd onely that which was right in mine eyes 9 But hast done euil aboue all that were before thee for thou hast gone made thee other gods molten images to prouoke me and hast cast me behinde thy backe 10 Therefore beholde I wil bring euil vpon the house of Ieroboám will cut of from Ieroboám him that * pisseth against the wall aswel him that is shut vp as him that is left in Israél and wil swepe away the rēnant of the house of Ieroboám as a man swepeth away doung til it be all gone 11 The dogs shal eat him of Ieroboās stock that dyeth in the citie the foules of the aire shall eat him that dyeth in the fielde for the Lord hathe said it 12 VP therfore and get thee to thine house for when thy feete entre into the citie the childe shal dye 13 And al Israél shal mourne for him bury him for he onelye of Ieroboám shall come to the graue because in him there is found some goodnes to warde the Lord God of Israél in the house of Ieroboám 14 Moreouer the LORD shal stir hym vp a King ouer Israél whiche shall destroy the house of Ieroboám in that day what yea euen now 15 For the Lord shall smite Israél as when a rede is shaken in the water and he shall wede Israél out of this good lande whiche he gaue to their fathers and shall scatre them beyonde the Riuer because they haue made them groues prouokyng the Lord to angre 16 And he shal giue Israél vp because of the sinnes of Ieroboám who did sinne and made Israél to sinne 17 ¶ And Ieroboams wife arose departed and came to Tirzáh and when she came to the thresholde of the house the yong man dyed 18 And they buryed him and all Israél lamēted him accordynge to the worde of the Lord which he spake by the hande of hys seruant Ahiiáh the Prophet 19 And the rest of Ieroboams actes how he warred and how he reigned beholde thei are writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél 20 And the dayes whiche Ieroboám reigned were two and twentie yere and he slept with his fathers and Nadáb his sonne reigned in his steade 21 ¶ Also Rehoboám the sonne of Salomón reigned in Iudáh Rehoboám was one and fourtie yere olde when he begā to reigne and reigned seuentene yere in Ierusalém the citie which the Lord did chuse out of all the tribes of Israél to put hys Name there and his mothers name was Naamáh an Ammonite 22 And Iudâh wroght wickednes in the sight of the Lord and they prouoked him more with their sinnes which they had committed then all that which their fathers had done 23 For they also made them hie places and images and groues on euery hye hyll and vnder euerie grenetre 24 There were also Sodomites in the lande they did according to all the abomin aciōs of the nacions whiche the Lord had caste out before the children of Israél 25 ¶ And in the fift yere of King Rehoboám Shishák King of Egypt came vp agaynste Ierusalém 26 And toke the treasures of the house of the Lord the treasures of the Kings house and toke awaye all also he caried away all the shields of golde * whiche Salomon had made 27 And Kynge Rehoboám made for them brasē shields and committed thē vnto the hāds of the chief of the garde which waited at the dore of the Kings house 28 And when the King went into the house of the Lorde the garde bare thē broght them againe into the garde chamber 29 And the reste of the actes of Rehoboám and all that he did are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kyngs of Iudáh 30 And there was warre betwene Rehoboám and Ieroboám continually 31 And Rehoboám slept with his fathers was buryed with his fathers in the citie of Dauid his mothers name was Naamáh an Ammonite And Abiiám his sonne reigned in his steade CHAP. XV. 1 Abiiám reigneth ouer Iudáh 9 Also succedeth in hys roume 16 The battell betwene Asá and Baasha 24 Iehoshaphát succedeth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Nadab succedeth Ieroboā 28 Baash 〈◊〉 killeth Nadab 1 ANd in the eightene yere of King * Ieroboám the sonne of Nebár reygned Abiiám ouer Iudáh 2 Threyere reigned he in Ierusalém and his mothers name was Maacháh the daughter of a Abishalōm 3 And
with me to battel against Ramóth Gileád And Iehoshaphat said vnto the King of Israél I am as thou art my people as thy people and mine horses as thine horses 5 Then Iehoshaphát said vnto the King of Israél Aske counsel I pray thee of the Lord to day 6 Then the King of Israél gathered the Prophetes vpon a foure hundreth men and said vnto them Shal I go against Ramoth Gileád to battel or shal I let it alone And they said Go vp for the Lord shal deliuer it into the hands of the King 7 And Iehoshaphát said Is there here neuer a Prophet of the Lord more that we might in quire of him 8 And the King of Israél said vnto Iehoshaphát There is yet one man Micháiah the sonne of Imláh by whome we may aske counsel of the Lord but I hate him for he doeth not prophecie good vnto me but euil And Iehoshaphát said Let not the King say so 9 Then the King of Israél called an Eunuche and said Call quickely Micháiah the sonne of Imláh 10 And the King of Israél and Iehoshaphát the King of Iudáh sate ether of them 〈◊〉 his throne in their apparel in the voyde place at the entring in of the gate of Samaria and all the Prophetes prophecīed before them 11 And Zidkiiáh the sonne of Chenaanáh ma de him hornes of yron said Thus sayth the Lord With these shalt thou push the Aramites vntil thou hast consumed them 12 And all the Prophetes prophecied so saying Go vp to Ramoth Gileád and pros per for the Lord shal deliuer it into the Kings hand 13 ¶ And the messenger that was gone to call Michálah spake vnto him saying Behold now the wordes of the Prophetes declare good vnto the King with one accorde let thy worde therefore I pray thee be like the worde of one of thē speake thou good 14 And Micháiah said As the Lord liueth what soeuer the Lord sayth vnto me that wil I speake 15 ¶ So he came to the King and the King said vnto him Micháiah shal we go agaīst Ramoth Gilead to battel or shal we leaue of And he answered him Go vp and pro sper and the Lord shal deliuer it into the hand of the King 16 And the King said vnto him How oft shal I charge thee that thou tel me nothing but that which is true in the Name of the Lord. 17 Then he said I sawe all Israél scatred vpon the mountaines as shepe that had no shepherd And the Lord said These haue no master let euery mā returne vnto his house in peace 18 And the King of Israel said vnto Iehosha phar Did I not tel thee that he wolde pro phecie no good vnto me but euil 19 Againe he said Heare thou therefore the worde of the Lord I sawe the Lord sit on his throne and all the hoste of heauē stode about him on his right hand and on his left hand 20 And the Lord said Who shal entise Aháb that he may go and fall at Ramóth Gilead And one said on this maner and another said on that maner 21 Then there came forthe a spirit stode before the Lord and said I wil entise him And the Lord said vnto him Where with 22 And he said I wil go out and be a false spi rit in the mouthe of all his prophetes Thē he said Thou shalt entise him shalt also preuaile go forthe and do so 23 Now therefore beholde the Lord hathe put a lying spirit in the mouthe of all the se thy prophetes and the Lord hathe appointed euil against thee 24 Then 〈◊〉 the sonne of Chenaanáh came nere smote Micháiah on the chek and said * When went the Spirit of the Lord from me to speake vnto thee 25 And Micháiah said Beholde thou shalt se in that day when thou shalt go from chāber to chamber to hide thee 26 And the King of Israel said Take Micháiah and cary him vnto Amon the gouern our of the citie and vnto Ioásh the Kings sōne 27 And say thus sayth the King Put this mā in the prison house fede him with bread of affliction and with water of affliction vntil I returne in peace 28 And Micháiah said If thou returne in pea ce the Lord hathe not spok en by me And he said Hearken all ye people 29 So the King of Israél and Iehoshaph át the King of Iudáh wēt vp to Ramôth Gileáe 30 And the King of Israél said to Iehoshaphát I wil change mine apparel and wil entre into the battel but put thou on thine apparel And the King of Israél changed him selfe and went into the battel 31 And the King of Aram commāded his two and thirtie captaines ouer his charrets saying Fight nether with smal nor great saue onely against the King of Israel 32 And when the captaines of the charets sa we Iehoshaphát they said Surely it is the King of Israél and they turned to fight against him and Iohoshaphát cryed 33 And when the captaines of the charets sawe that was not the King of Israél they turned backe from him 34 Then a certeine man drue a bowe mightely and smote the King of Israél betwene the ioyntes of his brigandine Wherefore he said vnto his charet man Turne thine hand and cary me out of the hoste for I am hurt 35 And the battell encreased that day the King stode stil in his charet against the Aramites and dyed at euen and the blood ran out of the wounde into the middes of the charet 36 And there went a proclamation through our the hoste about the going downe of the sunne saying Euery man to his 〈◊〉 euery man to his owne countrei 37 So the King dyed and was broght to Samaria they buried the King in Samaria 38 And one washed the charet in the poole of Samaria and the doggs licked vp his blood they washed his armour accordīg * vnto the worde of the Lord which he spake 39 Concerning the rest of the actes of Aháb and all that he did and the yuorie house which he buylt and all the cities that he buylt are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél 40 So Aháb slept with his fathers and Ahaziáh his sonne reigned in his steade 41 ¶ * And Iehoshaphat the sonne of Asábe gan to reigne vpon Iudáh in the fourth yere of Ahà b King of Israél 42 Iehoshaphát was fiue and thirtie yere olde when he began to reigne and reigned fiue and twentie yere in Ierusalém And his mo ther 's name was Azubáh the daughter of Shilhi 43 And he walked in all the wayes of Asá his father and declined not there from but did that which was right in the eyes of the Lord Neuertheles the hie places were not taken away for the people
offred stil and burnt in cense in the hie places 44 And Iehoshaphát made peace with the King of Israél 45 Concerning the rest of the actes of Iohosha phát and his worthie de des that he did and his battels which he foght are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudáh 46 And the Sodomites which remained in the dayes of his father Asá he put cleane out of the land 47 There was then no King in Edōm the deputie was King 48 Iehoshaphāt made shippes of Tharshish to saile to Ophir for golde but they wēt not for the shippes were broken at Eziôn Gáber 49 Then said Ahaziáh the sonne of Aháb vnto Iehoshaphát Let my seruants go with thy seruants in the shippes But Iehoshaphát wolde not 50 And Iehoshaphát did slepe with his fathers and was buryed with his fathers in the citie of Dauid his father and Iehorám his sonne reigned in his steade 51 ¶ Ahaziáh the sonne of Aháb began to reigue ouer Israél in Samaria the seuententh yere of Iehoshaphát King of Iudáh and reigned two yeres ouer Israél 52 But he did euil in the sight of the Lord and walked in the way of his father and in the way of his mother and in the way of Ieroboám the sonne of Nebár which made Israél to sinne 53 For he serued Báal and worshipped him and prouoked the Lord God of Israél vnto wrath according vnto all that his father had done THE SECONDE BOKE of the Kings THE ARGVMENT THis seconde boke conteineth the actes of the Kings of Iudah and Isiaél to wit of Israél from the death of Ahab vnto the last King Hoshéa who was imprisonned by the King of Assyria and his 〈◊〉 Samaria taken and then ten tribes by the iuste plague of God for their idolatrie and disobedience to God led 〈◊〉 captiuitie And also of Iudah frō the reigne of Iehoram sonne of Iehoshaphat vnto Zedechia who for contemning the 〈◊〉 cōmandement by his Prophetes negle cting his sundry 〈◊〉 by famine other meanes was taken by his enemies sawe his sonnes moste cruelly slaine be fore his face his owne eyes put out as the Lord had declared to him besore by his Prophet 〈◊〉 and also by the iuste vengeance of God for contempt of his worde Ierusalém was destroyed the Temple burnt and he and all his people were led 〈◊〉 captiues into Babylon In this boke are notable examples of 〈◊〉 fauour towardes those rulers and people which obey his Propheres and 〈◊〉 his worde and contrary wise of his plagues towardes those commune weales which neglect his ministers and do not obey his commandements CHAP. I. 〈◊〉 Ahaziah by a fall falleth sicke consulteth with Baalzebúb 3 He is reproued by Eliiah 10 The 〈◊〉 ouer fiftie were sent to Eliiah wherof two were burnt with fire from heauen by his prayer 17 Ahaziah dyeth and Ieho ram his brother succedeth him 1 THē Moáb rebelled against 〈◊〉 after the death of Aháb 2 And Ahaziáh fel through the lattesse windowe in his vpper chamber which was in Samaria so he was sicke thē he sent 〈◊〉 to whome he said Go and enquire of Baal-zebub the god of Ekrōn if I shal recouer of this my disease 3 Then the Angel of the Lord said to Eliiáh the Tishbite Arise and go vp to mete the messengers of the King of Samaria and saye vnto thē Is it not because there is no God in Israél that ye go to inquire of Baal-zebúb the god of Ekron 4 Wherefore thus sayth the Lord Thou shalt not come downe frō the bed on which thou art gone vp but shalt dye the death So Eliiáh departed 5 And the messengers retourned vnto him to whome he said Why are ye now returned 6 And they answered him There came a man and met vs and said vnto vs Go and retur ne vnto the King which sent you and say vn to him Thus sayth the Lords Is it not because there is no God in Israél that thou sen dest to enquire of Baal-zebúb the God of Ekrō Therefore thou shalt not come downe frō the bed on which thou art gone vp but shalt dye the death 7 And he said vnto them What maner of man was he which came and met you and tolde you these wordes 8 And they said vnto him He was an heerie man and girded with a girdle of lether about his loynes Then said he It is Eliiáh the Tishbite 9 Therefore the King sent vnto him a captaine ouer fiftie with his fifty men who went vp vnto him for beholde he sate on the top pe of a mountaine and he said vnto him O man of God the King hathe commanded that thou come downe 10 But Eliiáh answered and said to the captaine ouer the fiftie If that I be a man of God let fyre come downe from the heauen and deuo ure thee and thy fyftie So fyre came downe from the heauen and deuoured him and his fiftie 11 Againe also he sent vnto him another captaine ouerfiftie with his fifty Who spake and said vnto him O man of God thus the King commandeth Come downe quickly 12 But Eliiáh answered and said vnto them If I be a man of God let fyre come downe frō the heauen and deuoure thee and thy fiftie So fyre came downe from the heauen and deuoured him and his fiftie 13 ¶ Yet againe he sent the third captaine ouer fifty with his fifty And the third captaine ouer fifty wēt vp and came fel on his knees before Eliiáh and besoght him said vnto him O man of God I pray thee let my life and the life of these thy fifty seruantes be precious in thy sight 14 Beholde there came fyre downe from the heauen and deuoured the two former captai nes ouer fifty with their fifties therefore let my life now be precious in thy sight 15 And the Angel of the Lord said vnto ' Eliiáh Go downe with him be not afrayd of his presence So he arose and went downe with him vnto the King 16 And he said vnto him Thus saith the Lord Because thou hast sent messengers to inquire of Baal-zebúb the God of Ekrōn was it not because there was no God in Israél to inquire of his worde therefore thou shalt not come downe of the bed on which thou art gone vp but shalt dye the death 17 So he dyed according to the worde of the Lord which Eliiáh had spoken And Iehorám begā to reigne in his steade in the secon de yere of Iehorám the sōne of Iehoshaphát King of Iudáh because he had no sonne 18 Concerning the rest of the actes of Ahaziáh that he did 〈◊〉 thei not written in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél CHAP. II. 8 Eliiáh deuideth the waters with his cloke 11 He is taken vp into heauen 13 Elisha taketh his cloke deuideth 〈◊〉 dén 20 The bitter
he red in their eares all the wordes of the boke of the couenāt which was foūd in the house of the Lord. 3 And the King stode by the piller and made a couenant before the Lord that they shuld walke after the Lord and kepe his comman dements and his testimonies and his statutes with all their heart and with all their soule that they might accōplish the wordes of this couenant writen in this boke And all the people stode to the couenant 4 Then the King commanded Hilkiáh the hie Priest and the Priests of the secōd ordre and the kepers of the dore to bring out of the Temple of the Lord all the vessels that were made for Báal and for the groue and for all the hoste of heauē and he burnt them without Ierusalém in the fields of Kedrón and caryed the powdre of them into Beth-él 5 And he put downe the Chemerim whome the Kings of Iudáh founded to burne incense in the hie places and in the cities of Iudáh and about Ierusalém and also them that burnt incense vnto Báal to the sunne and to the moone and to the planets and to all the hoste of heauen 6 And he broght out the groue from the Tēple of the Lord without Ierusalém vnto the valley Kedrón and burnt it in the valley Kedrón and stampt it to powdre and cast the dust thereof vpon the graues of the children of the people 7 And he brake downe the houses of the sodo mites that were in the house of the Lord where the women woue hangings for the groue 8 Also he broght all the priestes out of the cities of Iudáh and defiled the hie places whe re the priests had burnt incense euen from Géba to Beer-shéba and destroied the hie places of the gates that were in the entring in of the gate of Ioshúa the gouernour of the citie which was at the left hand of the gate of the citie 9 Neuertheles the priests of the hie places ca me not vp to the altar of the Lord in Ierusalém saue onely thei did eat of the vnleauened bread among their brethren 10 He defiled also Tōpheth which was in the valley of the childrē of 〈◊〉 that no man shulde maketh his sonne or his daughter passe through the fyre to Mōlech 11 He put downe also the horses that the Kings of Iudáh had giuen to the sunne at the entring in of the house of the Lord by the chamber of Nethan-mélech the eunuche which was ruler of the suburbes and burnt the charets of the sunne with fyre 12 And the altars that were on the top of the chamber of Aház which the Kings of 〈◊〉 had made the altars which Manasséh had made in the two 〈◊〉 of the house of the Lord did the King breake downe and hasted thence and cast the dust of them in the brooke Kedrōn 13 Moreouer the King defiled the hie places that were before Ierusalē on the right hād of the mount of corruption which * Salomón the King of Israél had buylt for Ashtōreth theidole of the Zidoniās for Chemósh the idole of the Moabites for Milchō the abomination of the children of Ammón 14 And he brake the images in pieces and cut downe the groues and filled their places with the bones of men 15 Furthermore the altar that was at Beth-él the hie place made by Ieroboā the sonne of Nebát which made Israél to sinne bothe this altar and also the hie place brake he do wne and burnt the hie place and stampt to powder and burnt the groue 16 And as Iosiáh turned him selfe he spied the graues that were in the mount and sent and toke the bones out of the graues and burnt them vpon the altar and polluted it according to the worde of the Lord that the man of God proclaimed whiche cryed the same wordes 17 Then he said What title is that which I se And the men of the citie said vnto him It is the sepulchre of the mā of God which came from Iudáh and tolde these things that thou hast done to the altar of Beth-él 18 Thē said he Let him alone let none remoue his bones So his bones were saued with the bones of the Prophet that came from Samaria 19 Iosiáh also toke away all the houses of the hie places which were in the cities of Sama ria which the King of Israél had made to an gre the Lord and did to them according to all the factes that he had done in Beth-él 20 And he sacrificed all the priests of the hie places that were there vpon the altars and burnt mens bones vpon them and returned to Ierusalém 21 ¶ Then the King commanded all the people saying * Kepe the Passeouer vnto the Lord your God * as it is writtē in the boke of this couenant 22 And there was no Passeouer holden like that frō the dayes of the Iudges that iudged Israél nor in all the dayes of the Kings of Israél and of the Kings of Iudáh 23 And in the eightenth yere of King Iosiáh was this Passeouer celebrated to the Lord in Ierusalém 24 Iosiáh also toke away them that had familiar spirits and the sothesayers and the images and the idoles and all the abominacions that were espied in the land of Iudáh and in Ierusalém to performe the wordes of the * Lawe which were writen in the boke that Hilkiáh the Priest founde in the house of the Lord. 25 Like vnto him was there no King before him that turned to the Lord with all his heart and with all his soule and with all his might according to all the Lawe of Moses nether after him arose there anie like him 26 Notwithstanding the Lord turned not from the fearcenes of his great wrath where with he was angrie against Iudáh because of all the prouocacions where with Manasséh had prouoked him 27 Therefore the Lord said I wil put Iudáh also out of my sight as I haue put away Israél and wil cast of this citie Ierusalém whiche I haue chosen and the house where of I said * My Name shal be there 28 Concerning the rest of the actes of Iosiáh and all that he did are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudáh 29 ¶ * In his dayes Pharaōh Nechoh King of Egypt wēt vp against the King of Asshúr to the riuer Peráth And King Iosiáh went against him whome when Pharaóh sawe he slewe him at Megiddô 30 Then his seruants caried him dead from Me giddó and broght him to Ierusalém and buryed him in his owne sepulchre And the peo ple of the land toke Iehoaház the sonne of Iosiáh and annointed him made him King in his fathers steade 31 * Iehoaház was thre and twentie yere olde when he began to reigne and reigned thre moneths in Ierusalém His
the poore of the land to dresse the vines and to tyll the land 13 * Also the pillers of brasse that were in the house of the Lord and the bates and the brasen Sea that was in the house of the Lord did the Caldees breake and caryed the brasse of them to Babél 14 The pottes also and the besomes and the instruments of musike and the incense asshes and all the vessels of brasse that thei ministred in toke they away 15 And the asshe pannes and the basens all that was of golde that was of siluer toke the chief stewarde away 16 With the two pillers one Sea and the bases which Salomōn had made for the house of the Lord the brasse of all these vessels was without weight 17 * The height of the one piller was eightene cubites and the chapiter there on was brasse and the height of the chapiter was with networke thre cubites pomegranates vpon the chapiter rounde about all of brasse and like wise was the secōde piller with the networke 18 And the chief stewarde toke Seraiáh the chief Priest and Zephaniáh the seconde Priest and the threkepers of the dore 19 And out of the citie he toke an eunuche that had the ouersight of the mē of war e and fiue men of them that were in the Kings presence which were founde in the Citie and Sophēr captaine of the hoste who mustred the people of the lande and threscoremen of the people of the lande that were founde in the citie 20 And Nebuzar-adán the chief stewarde toke them and broghtthem to the Kyng of Babél to Ribláh 21 And the King of Babél smote them and slewe them at Ribláh in the lande of Hamáth So Iudáh was caryed a waye captrue out of his owne land 22 * Howbeit there remayned people in the land of Iudáh whome Nebuchad nezzár King of Babél left and made Gedaliáh the sonne of Ahikám the sonne of Shaphā ruler ouer them 23 Then when all the captaines of the hoste and their mē heard that the King of Babél had made Gedaliáh gouernour they came to Gedaliáh to Mizpáh to wit Ishmaél the sonne of Nethaniáh and Iohanā the sonne of Káreah Seraiáh the sonne of Tanhúmeth the Netophathite and Iaazaniāh the sonne of Maachathi they and their men 24 And Gedaliáh sware to them to their men and said vnto them Feare not to be the seruants of the Caldees dwell in the land and serue the King of Babēl and ye shal be wel 25 * But in the seuenth moneth Ishmaēl the sonne of Nethaniáh the sonne of Elishamā of the Kings sede came and ten men with him and smote Gedaliáh and he dyed and so did he the Iewes and the Caldees that were with him at Mizpāh 26 Then all the people both small and great and the captaines of the armie arose and came to Egypt for they were afrayed of the Caldees 27 Not withstanding in the seuen and thirtieth yere after Iehoiachin King of Iudáh was caryed away in the twelft moneth and the seuen and twentith daye of the moneth Euil-merodách King of Babél in 〈◊〉 yere that he began to reygne did lift vp the head of Iehoiachin Kynge of Iudāh out of the prison 28 And 〈◊〉 kindely to him sethis throne aboue the throne of the Kings that were 〈◊〉 him in Babél 29 And changed his prison garments and he 〈◊〉 continually eat bread before him all the dayes of his life 30 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was a continuall 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him by the King euerie daye a 〈◊〉 all the dayes of his life THE FIRST BOKE OF THE Chronicles or Paralipoménon THE ARGVMENT THe Iewes comprehend bothe these bokes in one whiche the Greciansbecause of the lenght deuide into two and they are called Chronicles because they note 〈◊〉 the histories from 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 from their captiuitiein Babylón But these are not those bokes of 〈◊〉 whiche are so oftmencioned in the bokes of Kynges of Iudáh and Israél whiche did at large set forth the storie of both the kingdomes 〈◊〉 perished in the captiuitie but an abbridgement of the same and were gathered by Esra as the Iewes write after their returne from Babylon This first boke conteineth a brief rehearsall of the children of Adám vnto Abrahám Izhak 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 twelue Patriarches chiefly of ludah and of 〈◊〉 reigne of Dauid because Christ came of him according to the flesh And 〈◊〉 itsetteth forthe more amply his actes bothe concerning ciuil gouernement and also the administracion and care of things concerning religion for the good successe whereof he rcioyceth and giueth thankes to the Lord. CHAP. I. 1 The genealogie of Adam and Noah vntill Abraham 27 And from Abraham to Esau. 35 His children 43 Kyngs and dukes came of him 1 ADám Sheth Enōsh 2 Kenán Mahalaleél Iéred 3 Henōch Methushélah Laméch 4 Nōah Shem Ham and Iápheth 5 ¶ * The sonnes of Iápheth were Gōmer and Magóg and Madai and Iauán Tubál and Mēshech and Tirās 6 And the sonnes of Gómer Ashchenáz Iphāth and Togarmáh 7 Also the sonnes of Iauán Elisháh and Tarshisháh Kittim and Dodanim 8 ¶ The sonnes of Ham were Cush Mizráim Put and Canáan 9 And the sonnes of Cush Sibá and Hauilāh and Sabtá and Raamáh and Sabtechá Also the sonnes of Raamáh were Shebá and Dedán 10 And Cush begate Nimrōd who begā to be mighty in the earth 11 And Mizráim begate Ludim and Anamim Lehabim and Naphtuhim 12 Pathrusim also and Casluhim of whome came the Philistims and Caphtorim 13 Also Canáan begate Zidon his first borne and Heth 14 And the Iebusite and the Amorite the Girgashite 15 And the Hiuite and the Arkite and the Simite 16 And the Aruadite and the Zemarite and the Hamathite 17 ¶ * The sonnes of Shem were Elám and Ashúr and Arpachshád and Lud and Aram and Vz and Hul and Géther and Méshech 18 Also Arpachshad begate Shélah and Shélah begate Eber. 19 Vnto Eber also were borne two sonnes the name of the one was Péleg for in hys dayes was the earth deuided and his brothers name was Ioktan 20 Then Ioktan begate Almodad Shéleph and Hazermaueth and Ierah 21 And Hadoram and Vzal and Diklah 22 And Ebal and Abimaél and Sheba 23 And 〈◊〉 Hauilah and Iobab all these were the sonnes of loktan 24 Shem Arpachshad Shélah 25 Eber Péleg 〈◊〉 26 Serūg Nahōr Terah 27 * Abram which is Abraham 28 ¶ The sonnes of Abraham were Izhak Ishmaél 29 These are their generacions * The eldest sonne of Ishmaél was Nebaioth and Kedar and Adbeél and Mibsam 30 Mishma and Dumah 〈◊〉 Hadad and Tema 31 Ietūr 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 these are the sonnes of Ishmaél 32 ¶ And Keturah Abrahams cōcubine barc sonnes Zimran and Iokshan and Medan and Midian and Ishbak and Shúah the sonnes of Iokshan Sheba aud Dedan 33 And
sonne of Tok háth the sonne of Hasráh keper of the wardrobe and she dwelt in Ierusalém with in the colledge and they communed here of with her 23 And she answered them Thus saith the Lord God of Israél Telye the man that sent you to me 24 Thus saith the Lord Beholde I wil bring euil vpon this place and vpon the inhabitants there of euen all the curses that are written in the boke which they haue red before the King of Iudáh 25 Because they haue forsaken me and burnt incense vnto other gods angre me with all the workes of their hands before shal my wrath fall vpon this place and shal not be quenched 26 But to the King of Iudáh who sent you to enquire of the Lord so shalye say vnto him Thus saith the Lord GOD of Israél The wordes which thou hast heard shal come to passe 27 But because thine heart did melt and thou did est humble thy self before God when thou heardest his wordes against this place and against the inhabitants the re of and humbledst thy selfe before me tarest thy clothes and weptest before me I haue also heard it saith the Lord. 28 Beholde I wil gather thee to thy fathers and thou shalt be put in thy graue in peace and thine eyes shal not se all the euil which I wil bring vpon this place and vpon the inhabitants of the same Thus they broght the King worde againe 29 ¶ Then the King sent and gathered all the Elders of Iudáh and Ierusalém 30 And the King went vp into the house of the Lord and all the men of Iudáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém and the 〈◊〉 the Leuites and all the people from the greatest to the smallest and heredin their eares all the wordes of the boke of the co uenant that was founde in the house of the Lord. 31 And the King stode by his piller and made a couenāt before the Lord to walke after the Lord and to kepe his commandements and his testimonies and his statutes with all his heart and with all his soule that he wolde accomplish the wordes of the co uenant writen in the same boke 32 And he caused all that were founde in Ierusalém and Beniamin to stand to it and the inhabitāts of Ierusalém did according to the couenant of GOD euen the God of their fathers 33 So Iosiáh toke away all the abominacions out of all the countreis that perteined to the children of Israél and compelled all that were found in Israél to serue the lord their God so all his daies they turned not backe from the Lord God of their fathers CHAP. XXXV 1 Iosiah kepeth the passeouer 2 He setteth forthe Gods seruice 20 He fighteth against the King of Egypt and dyeth 24 The people be wayle him 1 MOreouer * 〈◊〉 kept a Passe ouer vn to the Lord in Ierusalém and they slewe the Passeouer in the fourtene day of the first moneth 2 And he appointed the Priests to their char ges and incouraged them to the seruice of the house of the Lord. 3 And he said vnto the Leuites that taught all Israél and were sanctified vnto the Lord Put the holy Arke in the house which Salo món the sonne of Dauid King of Israél did buyld it shal be no more a burden vpon your shulders serue now the Lord your God and his people Israél 4 And prepare your selues by the houses of your fathers according to your courses as * Dauid the King of Israél hathe writen according to the writing of Salomón his sonne 5 And stand in the Sanctuarie according to the diuision of the families of your brethren the children of the people and 〈◊〉 the diuision of the familie of the Leuites 6 So kil the Passeouer and sanctifie your selues and prepare your brethré that they may do according to the worde of the lord by the hand of Mosés 7 Iosiah also gaue to the people shepe lambes and kiddes all for the Passeouer euē to all that were present to the nomber of thirty thousand and thre thousand bulloc kes these were of the Kings substance 8 And his princes offred willingly vnto the people to the Priests and to the Leuites Hilkiáh and Zechariáh and Iehiél rulers of the house of God gaue vnto the Priests for the Passeouer eué two thousand six hundreth shepe thre hūdreth bullockes 9 Conaniáh also and Shemaiáh and Netha neél his brethren and Hashabiáh and 〈◊〉 and Iozabád chief of the Leuites gaue vn to the leuites for the Passeouer fyue thou sand shepe fyue hundreth bullockes 10 Thus the seruice was prepared and the Priests stode in their places also the Leui tes in their ordres according to the Kings commandement 11 And thei slewe the Passeouer the Priests spinkled the blood with their hand and the Leuites slayed them 12 And they toke away frō the burnt offring to giue it according to the diuisions of the families of the children of the people to offer vnto the Lord as it written in the boke of Mosés and so of the bullockes 13 And * they rosted the passeouer with fyre according to the custome but the sanctified things they sod in pottes pannes caulderns and distributed them 〈◊〉 to all the people 14 Afterwarde also they prepared for them selues for the Priests for the Priests the sonnes of Aarō were occupied in offring of burnt offrings and the fat vntil night therefore the Leuites prepared for thē sel ues for the Priests the sonnes of Aarón 15 And the singers the sonnes of Asáph stode in their standing * according to the commandement of Dauid and Asaph and Hemán and Ieduthún the Kings Seer the porters at euerie gate who might not departe from their seruice therefore their brethren the Leuites prepared for them 16 So all the seruice of the Lord was prepared the same day to kepe the Passeouer to offer burnt offrings vpon the altar of the Lord according to the commandemēt of King Iosiáh 17 And the children of Israél that were present kept the Passeouer the same time and the feast of the vnleauened bread seuen dayes 18 And there was no Passeouer kept like that in Israél from the dayes of Samuél the Pro phet nether did all the Kings of Israél kepe suche a Passeouer as Iosiah kept and the Priests and the Leuites and all Iudáh and Israel that were present and the inhabitants of Ierusalém 19 This Passeouer was kept in the eightente yere of the reigne of Iosiáh 20 ¶ * After all this when Iosiáh had prepared the Tēple Nechó King of Egypt came vp to fight against Carchemish by Peráth and Iosiáh went out against him 21 But he sent messengers to him saying What haue I to do with thee thou King of Iudáh I come not against thee this day but against the house
are layed in the walles and this worke is wroght spedely and prospereth in their hands 9 Then asked we those Elders and said vnto them thus Who hathe giuen you commandement to buyld this house and to laye the fundacion of these walles 10 We asked their names also that we might certifie thee and that we might write the names of the men that were their rulers 11 But thei answered vs thus and said We 〈◊〉 the seruants of the God of heauen and earth and buylde the house that was buylt of olde and many yeres ago which a great King of Israél * buylded and founded it 12 But after that our fathers had prouoked the God of heauen vnto wrath * he gaue them ouer into the hand of Nebuchadnezzár King of Babél the Caldean and he destroyed this house and caryed the people away captiue vnto Babél 13 But in the first yere of Cyrus King of Babél King Cyrus made a decree to buyld this house of God 14 And the vessels of golde and siluer of the house of God which Nebuchadnezzár toke out of the Temple that was in Ierusalém ād broght them into the Temple of Babél those did Cyrus the King take out of the Temple of Babél and they gaue them vnto one Sheshbazzár by his name whome he had made captaine 15 And he said vnto him Take these vessels go thy way and put them in the Temple that is in lerusalém and let the house of God be buylt in his place 16 Then came the same Sheshbazzár and layed the fondacion of the house of God which is in Ierusalém and since that time euen vntil now hathe it bene in buylding yet is it not finished 17 Now therefore if it please the King let there be searche made in the house of the Kings treasures which is there in Babél whether a decree hathe bene made by King Cyrus to buylde this house of God in Ierusalém and let the King send his minde concerning this CHAP. VI. At the commandement of Darius King of Persia after the Temple was buylded and dedicate the children of Israél kepe the feast of vnleauened bread 1 THen * King Darius gaue commandemēt and they made searche in the librarie of the treasures which were there layed vp in Babél 2 And there was founde in a coffre in the palace that was in the prouince of the Medes a volume and therein was it thus writen as a memorial 3 IN THE FIRST yere of King Cyrus King Cyrusmade a decree for the house of God in Ierusalém Let the house be buylt euen the place where they offred sacrifices let the walles thereof be ioyned together let the height thereof be threscore cubites the breadth thereof threscore cubites 4 Thre orders of great stones and one order of tymbre and let the expences be giuen of the Kings house 5 And also let them render the vessels of the house of God of golde and siluer which Nebuchadnez zár toke out of the Tēple which was in Ierusalém and broght vnto Babél and let him go vnto the Temple that is in lerusalém to his place and put them in the house of God 6 Therefore Tatnái captaine beyonde the Riuer and Sherhár Boznái and their companions Apharsecaié which are beyonde the Riuer be ye farre from thence 7 Suffre ye the worke of this house of God that the captaine of the Iewes ād the Elders of the Iewes may buylde this house of God in his place 8 For I haue giuen a commandement what ye shal do to the Elders of these Iewes for the buylding of this house of God that of there uenues of the King which is of the tribute beyonde the Riuer there be incontinently expenses giuen vnto these men that they cease not 9 And that which thei shal haue nede of let it be giuen vnto them day by day whether it beyong bullockes orrams or lambs for the burnt offrings of the God of heauen wheat salt wine and oyle according to the appointement of the Priests that are in Ierusalém that there be no faute 10 That they may haue to offer swete odours vnto the God of heauen and pray for the Kings life and for his sonnes 11 And I haue made a decree that whosoeuer shal alter this sentence the wood shal be pulled downe from his house and shal be set vp and he shal be hanged thereon and his hou se shal be made a dung hil for this 12 And the God that hathe caused his Name to dwel there destroye all Kings and people that put to their hand to alter and to destroye this house of God which is in Ierusalē Darius haue made a decree let it be done with spede 13 ¶ * Then Tatn áithe captaine beyonde the Riuer and Shethár Boznái and their companiōs according to that which Darius had sent so thei did spedely 14 So the Elders of the Iewes buylded and they prospered by the prophecying of Hag gái the Prophet and Zechariah the sonne of 〈◊〉 and they buylded ād finished it by the appointement of the God of Israél by the commandement of Cyrus and Darius and Artah shshte King of Persia. 15 And this house was finished the third day of the moneth Adar which was the sixt yere of the reigne of King Darius 16 ¶ And the children of Israél the Priests and the Leuites and the residue of the children of the 〈◊〉 kept the dedication of this house of God with ioye 17 And offred at the dedicacion of this house of God an hundreth bullockes two hūdreth rams foure hundreth lambes and twelue goates for the sinne of all Israél according to the nomber of the tribes of Israél 18 And they set the Priests in their ordre and the Leuites in their courses ouer the seruice of God in Ierusalém as it is writen in the * boke of Mosés 19 And the children of the captiuitie kept the passeouer on the fourtente day of the first moneth 20 For the Priests and the Leuites were purified alltogether and they killed the Passeouer for all the children of the captiuitie and for their brethren the Priests for thē selues 21 So the children of Israél which were come againe out of captiuitie and all suche as had separated them selues vnto them from the filthines of the heathen of the land to seke the Lord God of Israél did eat 22 And they kepte the feast of vnleauened bread seuen dayes with ioye for the Lorde had made them glad and turned the heart of the King of Asshur vnto them to incourage them in the worke of the house of God euen the God of Israél CHAP. VII 1 By the commandement of the King Ezra and his compa nions come to Ierusalém 27 He giueth thankes to God 1 NOw after these things in the reigne of Artahshashte King of Persia was Ezrá the sonne of Seraiáh the sonne of Azariah
forte And I answered them after the same maner 5 Then sent Sanbállát his seruant after this for te vnto me the fift time with an open letter in his hand 6 Wherein in was writen It is reported amōg the heathen and Gashmú hathe said it that thou and the Iewes thinke to rebell for the which cause thou buy Idest the wal and thou wilt be their King according to these wordes 7 Thou hast also ordeined the Prophetes to preache of thee at Ierusalém saying There is a King in Iudáh and now according to these wordes it shal come to the Kings eares come now therefore and let vs take counsel together 8 Then I sent vnto him saying It is not done according to these wordes that thou sayest for thou fainest them of thine owne heart 9 For all thei afraied vs saying Their hands shal be weakened frō the worke it shal not be done now therefore in courage thou me 10 ¶ And I came to the house of Shemaià h the sonne of Delaiáh the sonne of Mehetabél and he was shut vp ād he said Let vs come together into the house of God in the middes of the Temple and shut the dores of the Temple for they wil come to slay thee yea in the night wil they come to kil thee 11 Then I said Shulde suche a man as I flee Who is he being as I am that wolde go into the Temple to liue I wil not go in 12 And lo I perceiued that God had not sent him but that he pronounced this prophecie against me for Tobiáh and Sanballát had hy red him 13 Therefore was he hyred that I might be afrayed and do thus and sinne and that they might haue an euil reporte that they might reproche me 14 My God remember thou Tobiáh and San ballát according vnto these their workes No adiák the Prophetesse also and the rest of the Prophetes that wolde haue put me in feare 15 ¶ Not withstanding the wall was finished on the fiue and twentieth day of Elūl in two and fiftic dayes 16 And when all our enemies heard thereof euen all the heathen that were about vs thei were 〈◊〉 and their courage failed them for they knewe that this worke was wroght by our God 17 And in these dayes were there manie of the princes of Iudáh whose letters 〈◊〉 vn to Tobiáh and those of Tobiáh came vnto them 18 For there were manie in Iudáh that were sworne vnto him for he was the sonne in law of Shechaniah the sonne of Aráh and his sō ne Iehonathán had the daughter of Meshullám the sonne of Berechiáh 19 Yea they spake in his praise before me and tolde him my wordes and Tobiah sent letters to put me in feare CHAP. VII 1 After the wall once buylded is the watch appointed 6 They that returned from the captiuitie are nōmbred 1 NOw * whē the wall was buylded I had set vp the dores and the porters and the singers and the Leuites were appointed 2 Then I commanded my brother Hanáni and Hananiáh the prince of the palace in Ierusalém for he was doutles a faithful man and feared God aboue manie 3 And I said vnto them Let not the gates of Ie rusalém be opened vntil the heat of the sun ne and while they stand by let them shut the dores and make them fast I appointed wardes of the inhabitants of Ierusalém euerie one in his warde and euerie one ouer against his house 4 Now the citie was large and great but the people were fewe therein and the houses were not buylded 5 And my God put into mine heart I gathered the princes and the rulers and the people to counte their genealogies I founde a boke of the genealogie of them * whiche came vp at the first and founde writen therein 6 These are the sonnes of the prouince that came vp from the captiuitie that was caryed away whome Nebuchadnezzár King of Babél had caried away and they returned to Ie rusalém and to Iudáh euerie one vnto his citie 7 They which came with Zerubbabél Ieshūa Nehemiáh Azariáh Raamiáh Nahamáni Mordecái Bilshán Mispéreth Biguái Nehū Baanáh This is the nomber of the men of the people of Israél 8 The sonnes of Parôsh two thousand an hun dreth seuentie and two 9 The sonnes of Shephatiáh thre hundreth seuentie and two 10 The sonnes of Aráh six hundreth fiftie and two 11 The sonnes of Paháth Moáb of the sonnes of Ieshúa Ioáb two thousand eight hundreth and eightene 12 The sonnes of Elám a thousand two hundreth fiftie and foure 13 The sonnes of Zattu eight hundreth fiue and fourtie 14 The sonnes of Zacchái seuen hundreth and thre score 15 The sonnes of Binnui six hundreth eight and fourtie 16 The sonnes of Bebái six hundreth and eight and twentie 17 The sonnes of Azgád two thousand thre hū dreth and two and twentie 18 The sonnes of Adonikám six hundreth thre score and seuen 19 The sonnes of Biguái two thousand thre score and seuen 20 The sonnes of Adin six hundreth and fyue and fiftie 21 The sonnes of Atér of Hizkiah ninetie and eight 22 The sonnes of Hashûm thre hundreth and eight and twentie 23 The sonnes of Bezai thre hundreth foure and twentie 24 The sonnes of Hariph an hundreth and twelue 25 The sonnes of Gibeōn ninetie and fiue 26 The men of Beth-léh em and Netophah an hundreth foure score and eight 27 The men of Anathôth an hundreth eight and twentie 28 The men of Beth-azmaueth two and fourtie 29 The men of Kiriath-iearim Chephirah and Beerôth seuen hundreth and thre fourtie 30 The men of Ramah and Gaba six hundreth and one and twentie 31 The men of Michmas an hundreth and two an twentie 32 The men of Beth-él and Ai an hundreth and thre and twentie 33 The men of the other Nebó two fiftie 34 The sonnes of the other Elam a thousand two hundreth and foure and fiftie 35 The sonnes of Harim thre hundreth and twentie 36 The sonnes of Ierichô thre hundreth and fyue and fourtie 37 The sonnes of Lod-hadid and Onó seuen hundreth and one and 〈◊〉 38 The sonnes of Senaâh thre thousand nine hundreth and thirtie 39 The Priests the sonnes of Iedaiáh of the house of Ieshúa nine hūdreth seuētie thre 40 The sonnes of Immér a thousand and two and fiftie 41 The sonnes of 〈◊〉 a thousand two hun dreth and seuen and fourtie 42 The sonnes of Harim a thousand and seuen tene 43 ¶ The Leuites the sonnes of Ieshûa of Kadmiél and of the sonnes of Hodiuáh seuentie and foure 44 ¶ The singers the children of Asaph an hū dreth and eight and fourtie 45 The porters the sonnes of Shallúm the son nes of Atér the sonnes of Talmon the sonnes of Akkúb the sonnes of Hatitā the sonnes of Shobái an hundreth and eight and thirtie 46 ¶ The
Nethinims the sonnes of Zihá the sonnes of Hashuphá the sonnes of 〈◊〉 47 The sonnes of Kerós the sonnes of Siá the sonnes of Padon 48 The sonnes of Lebaná the sonnes of Hagabá the sonnes of Shalmái 49 The sonnes of Hanán the sonnes of 〈◊〉 the sonnes of Gáhar 50 The sonnes of Reaiáh the sonnes of Rezin the sonnes of Nekodá 51 The sonnes of Gazzám the sonnes of Vzzá the sonnes of Paséah 52 The sonnes of Besái the sonnes of Meunîm the sonnes of Nephishesim 53 The sonnes of Bak búk the sonnes of Hakuphá the sonnes of Harhúr 54 The sonnes of Bazlith the sōnes of Mehidá the sonnes of Harshá 55 The sonnes of Barkós the sonnes of Sisserá the sonnes of Támah 56 The sonnes of Neziah the sonnes of Hatiphá 57 The sonnes of Salomons seruāts the sonnes of Sotái the sonnes of Sophéreth the sónes of Peridá 58 The sonnes of Iaalá the sonnes of Darkōn the sonnes of 〈◊〉 59 The sonnes of Shephatiáh the sonnes of Hattil the sonnes of Pochéreth of Zebaim the sonnes of Amón 60 All the Nethinims and the sonnes of Salomons seruants were thre hundreth ninetie and two 61 ¶ And these came vp from Tel-meláh Telhareshá Cherúb Addón and Immér but thei colde not slew their fathers house nor their sede or if they were of Israél 62 The sonnes of Delaiáh the sōnes of Tobiáh the sonnes of Nekodá six hundreth and two and fourtie 63 And of the Priests the sonnes of Habaiâh the sonnes of Hakkōz the sonnes of Barzillâi which toke one of the daughters of Barzillái the Giliadite to wife was named after their name 64 These soght their writing of the genealogies but it was not founde therefore they were put from the Priesthode 65 And the Tirshátha said vnto thē that they shulde not eat of the most holy til there rose vp a Priest with * Vrim and Thummim 66 All the Congregacion together was two and fourtie thousand thre hundreth threscore 67 Besides their seruants and their maids which were seuen thousand thre hundreth and seuen and thirtie and they had two hundreth and fiue and fourtie singing men and singing women 68 Their horses were seuen hundreth and six and thirtie their mules two hundreth fiue and fourtie 69 The camels foure hundreth and fiue and thirtie six thousand seuen hundreth and twentie asses 70 And certeine of the chief fathers gaue vnto the worke The 〈◊〉 gaue to the trea sure a thousand drammes of golde fiftie 〈◊〉 fiue hundreth and thirtie Priests garments 71 And some of the chief fathers gaue vnto the treasure of the worke twentie thousand drammes of golde two thousand and two hundreth pieces of siluer 72 And the rest of the people gaue twētie thou 〈◊〉 drammes of golde and two thousand pieces of siluer and threscore seuē Priests garments 73 And the Priests and Leuites and the porters and the singers and the rest of the people the 〈◊〉 and all Israél dweltin their cities and when the seuent moneth came the children of Israél were in their cities CHAP. VIII 2 Ezra gathereth together the people and readeth to them the Law 12 〈◊〉 reioyce in 〈◊〉 for the knowledge of the worde of God 15 They kepe the feast of Tabernacles or boothes 1 ANd all the people assembled them selues together in the streat that was before the watergate and they spake vnto Ezrá the scribe that he wold bring the boke of the Law of Mosés which the Lord had comman ded to Israél 2 And Azrá the Priest broght the Law before the Congregacion bothe of men and women and of all that colde heare and vnderstand it in the first day of the seuent moneth 3 And hered therein in the streat that was before the watergate from the morning vntil the midday before men and women and of them that vnderstode it and the eares of all the people hearkened vnto the boke of the Law 4 And Ezrá the scribe stode vpon a pulpit of wood which he had made for the preaching and beside him stode Mattithiáh Shêma and Ananiáh and Vriiáh and Hilkiáh and Maaseiáh on his right hand and on his left hand Pedaiáh and Mishaél and Malchiáh and Hashum and Hashbadāna Zecháriáh and Meshullám 5 And Ezrá opened the boke before all the people for he was aboue all the people whē he opened it al the people stode vp 6 And Ezrá praised the Lord the great God and all the people answered Amen Amē with lifting vp their hands thei bowed them selues and worshiped the Lord with 〈◊〉 faces toward the grounde 7 Also Ieshúa and Bani and Sherebiáh Iamin Akkúb Shabbethái Hodiiáh Maaseiáh Kelitá Azariáh Iozabád Hanán Pelaiáh and the Leuites caused the people to vnderstand the Law and the people stode in their place 8 And they red in the boke of the Lawe of God distinctly and gaue the sense and caused them to vnderstand the reading 9 Then Nehemiáh which is Tirshátha and Ezrá the Priest and scribe and the Leuites that instructed the people said vnto all the people Thys daye is holy vnto the Lord your God mourne not nether wepe for all the people wept whē they heard the wordes of the Law 10 He said also vnto them Go and eate of the fat and drinke the swete send parte vnto thē for whome none is prepared for this daye is holye vnto our Lord be ye not sory therfore for the ioye of the Lord is your strength 11 And the Leuites made silēce throughout all the people saying Holde your peace for the day is holy be not sad therefore 12 Then all the people went to eate and to drinke and to send away parte to make great ioye because they had vnderstande the wordes that they had taught them 13 And on the seconde day the chief fathers of all the people the Priests and the Leuites were gathered vnto Ezrá the scribe that he also myghte instructe them in the wordes of the Law 14 And they founde writen in the Law that the Lord had commanded by Mosés that the children of Israél shulde dwel in * boothes in the feast of the seuent moneth 15 And that thei shulde cause it to be declared and proclaimed in all their Cities and in Ierusalém saying Go for the vnto the mount and bringe oliuebranches and pine branches and branches of myrtus and palmebranches and branches of thicke trees to make boothès as it is writen 16 So the people went forth broght thē and made them boothes euerie one vpon the rofe of his house and in their courts and in the courts of the house of God and in the strete by the watergate and in the strete of the gate of Ephráim 17 And all the Congregacion of them that were come againe out of the captiuitie made boothes sate vnder the boothes for since the time of Ieshúa the sonne of Nun vnto this day had not the
Ezra the scribe went before them 37 And to the gate of the fountaine 〈◊〉 ouer against them went they vp by the staires of the citie of Dauid at the going vp of the wall beyonde the house of Dauid euē vnto the water gate Eastwarde 38 And the seconde companie of them that gaue thankes went on the otherside and I after them the halfe of the people was vpon the wall and vpon the towre of the 〈◊〉 euen vnto the broade wall 39 And vpon the gate of Ephriam and vpon the olde gate and vpon the fishgate and the towre of Hananeél and the towre of Meah euen vnto the shepegate and they stode in the gate of the warde 40 So stode the two cōpanies of them that gaue thankes in the house of God and I and the halfe of the rulers with me 41 The Priests also Eliakim Maaseiah Miniamin Michaiah Elioenai Zechariah Hananiah with trumpets 42 And Maaseiah and Shemaiah Eleazar and Vzzi and Iehohanan and Malchiiah and Elam and Ezer and the singers sang loude hauing Izrahiah whiche was the ouerseer 43 And the same day they offred great sacrifices and reioyced for God had giuen thē great ioye so that bothe the women and the children were ioyfull and the ioye of Ierusalém was heard farre of 44 Also at the same time were men appointed ouer the chābers of the store for the offrynges for the first frutes and for the tithes to gather into thē out of the fields of the cities the porcions of the Lawe for the Priests the Leuites for Iudáh reioyced for the Priests for the Leuites that serued 45 And bothe the singers and the Leuites kept the warde of their God and the ward of the purification according to the commandement of Dauid and Salomōn hys sonne 46 * For in the dayes of Dauid and Asáph of olde were chief singers songs of praise and thankesgiuing vnto God 47 And in the dayes of Zerubbabél and in the dayes of Nehemiáh did all Israél gyue porcions vnto the singers porters euerie daye hys porcion and they gaue the holy things vnto the Leuites and the Leuites gaue the holy things vnto the sonnes of Aarōn CHAP. XIII 1 The Law is red 3 They separate from them all strāgers 15 Nehemiáh 〈◊〉 them that breake the Sabbath 30 An ordinance to serue God 1 ANd on that daye did they read in the boke of Mosés in the audience of the people and it was founde writen therein that the Ammonite the Moabite * shuld not enter into the Congregacion of God 2 Because they met not the childrē of Israél with bread and with water but hired Balaám against thē that he shuld curse thē our God turned the curse into a blessing 3 Now when they had heard the Lawe they separated from Israél all those that were mixed 4 ¶ And before this had the Priest Eliashib the ouersight of the chamber of the house of our GOD beynge kynseman to Tobiah 5 And he had made him a great chamber and there had thei a foretime laid the 〈◊〉 the incense and the vessels and the tithes of corne of wine and of oyle appointed for the Leuites and the singers the porters and the offrings of the Priests 6 But in all this time was not I in Ierusalē for in the two and thirtieth yere of Artahsháshte King of Babél came I vnto the King and after certeine dayes I obteined of the King 7 And when I was come to Ierusalém I vnderstode the euill that Eliashib had done for Tobiáh in that he had made him a chāber in the court of the house of God 8 And it grieued me sore therefore I caste forth all the vessels of the house of Tobiáh out of the chamber 9 And I commanded them to cleanse the chambers and thether broght I agayne the vessels of the house of GOD with the meat offring and the incense 10 And I perceiued that the porcions of the Leuites had not bene giuen and that euerie one was fled to his land euen the Leuites and singers that executed the worke 11 Then reproued I the rulers and said Why is the house of God forsaken And I assembled them and set them in their place 12 Then broght all Iudáh the tithes of corne and of wine of oyle vnto the treasures 13 And I made treasurers ouer the treasures Shelemiáh the Priest and Zadók the scribe and of the Leuites Pedaiáh vnder theyr hand Hanán the sonne of Zaccúr the sonne of Mattaniáh for they were counted faithful and their office was to distribute vnto their brethren 14 Remember me ô my God herein wipe not out my kindenes that I haue shewed on the house of my God and on the offices thereof 15 In those daies saw I in Iudáh thē that trode wine presses on the Sabbath that broght in sheaues and which laded asses also with wine grapes and figges and all burdens and broght them into Ierusalém vpon the Sabbath daye and I protested to them in the day that they solde vitailes 16 There dwelt men of Tyrus also therein which broght fish and all wares and solde on the Sabbath vnto the children of Iudáh euen in Ierusalēm 17 Then reproueth I the rulers of Iudáh and said vnto thē What euil thing is this that ye do and breake the Sabbath daye 18 Did not your fathers thus and our God broght all this plague vpon vs and vpon this citie yet ye increase the wrath vpon Israél in breaking the Sabbath 19 And when the gates of Ierusalém began to be darke before the Sabbath I cōmanded to shut the gates and charged that they shuld not be opened til after the Sabbath and some of my seruants set I at the gates that there shuld no burdē be broght in on the Sabbath daye 20 So the chapmen and marchāts of all marchandise remained once or twise all night 〈◊〉 Ierusalém 21 And I protested among them said vnto them Why tary ye all night about the wal If ye do it once againe I will laye handes vpon you From that time came they nomore on the Sabbath 22 ¶ And I said vnto the Leuites that they shulde clense themselues and that they shulde come and kepe the gates to sanctifie the Sabbath day Remember me ô my God concerning this and pardone me according to thy great mercie 23 In those dayes also I sawe Iewes that maried wiues of Ashdôd of Ammōn and of Moáb 24 And their children spake halfe in the speache of Ashdód and colde not speake in the Iewes language and accordyng to the lāguage of the one people and of the other people 25 Then I reproued them and cursed thē and smote certeine of them and pulled of led of their heere and othe of thē by God Ye shal not giue your daughters vnto their sonnes nether shal ye take of their daugh ters vnto
Hamán and he caused to make the tre CHAP. VI. 1 The King turneth ouer the chronicles and findeth the fi delitie of Mordecái 10 And commandeth Haman to cause Mordecai to be had in honour 1 THe same night the King slept not he commāded to bring the boke of the records and the chronicles and thei were red before the King 2 Then it was founde writen that Mordecái * had tolde of Bigtána and Téresh two of the Kings eunuches kepers of the 〈◊〉 dore who soght to lay hands on the King Ahashuerósh 3 Thē the King said What honour and dignitie hathe bene giuen to Mordecái for this And the King seruants that ministred vnto him said There is nothing done for him 4 And the King said Who is in the court Now Hamán was come into the inner court of the Kings house that he might speake vnto the King to hang Mordecái on the tre that he had prepared for him 5 And the Kings seruants said vnto him Beholde Hamán standeth in the court And the King said Let him come in 6 And when Hamán came in the King said vnto him What shal be done vnto the man whome the King wil honour Then Hamán thoght in his heart To whome wolde the King do honour more then to me 7 And Hamán answered the King The man whome the King wolde honour 8 Let thē bring for him royal apparel which the King vseth to we are and the horse that the King rydeth vpon and that the crowne royal may be set vpon his head 9 And let the rayment and the horse be deliuered by the hand of one of the Kings moste noble princes and let them apparél the man whome the King wil honour and cause him to ride vpon the horse through the strete of the citie and proclaime before him Thus shal it be done vnto the man whome the King wil honour 10 Then the King said to Haman Make haste take the raiment the horse as thou hast said do so vnto Mordecái the Iewe that sitteth at the Kings gate let nothing faile of all that thou hast spoken 11 So Hamán toke the rayment the horse and arayed Mordecái and broght him on horse backe through the strete of the citie and proclaimed before him Thus shal it be done to the man whome the King wil honour 12 And Mordecái came againe to the kings gate but Hamán hasted home mourning and his head couered 13 And Haman tolde Zéresh his wife and all his friends all that had befallen him Then said his wise men and Zeresh his wife vnto him If Mordecái be of the sede of the Iewes before whome thou hast begonne to fall thou shalt not preuaile against him but shalt surely fall before him 14 And while they were yet talking with him came to the Kings eunuches hasted to bring Hamán vnto the banket that Estér had appeared CHAP. VII 3 The quene biddeth the King and Hamán againe praieth for her selfe and her people 6 She accuseth Hamán and he is hanged on the gallous which he had prepared for Mordecái 1 SO the King and Hamán came to bāket with the Quene Estér 2 And the King said againe vnto Estér on the seconde day at the banket of wine What is thy peticion Quene Estér that it may be giuen thee and what is thy request It shal be euen performed vnto the halfe of the kingdome 3 And Estér the Quene answered and said If I haue founde fauour in thy sight ô King and if it please the King let my life be giuen me at my peticion and my people at my request 4 For we are solde I and my people to be de stroyed to be slayne and to perish but if we were solde for seruants and for hand maides I wolde haue helde my tongue althogh the aduersarie colde not recompense the Kings losse 5 Then King Ahashuerosh answered said vnto the Quene Ester Who is he where is he that presumeth to do thus 6 And Estér said The aduersarie and enemie is this wicked Hamán Then Haman was afraied before the King and the Quene 7 And the King arose from the banket of wine in his wrath and went into the pala ce garden but Haman stode vp to make re quest for his life to the Quene Estér for he sawe that there was a mischief prepared for him of the king 8 And when the king came againe out of the place gardē into the house where they dranke wine Haman was fallen vpon the bed whereon Estér sate therefore the King said Wil he force the Quene also be foreme in the house As the worde went out of the Kings mouthe they couered Hamans face 9 And Harbonah one of the eunuches said in the presence of the King Beholde there standeth yet the tre in Hamans house fiftie cubites hie which Haman had prepared for Mordecai that spake good for the KING Then the king said Hang him thereon 10 So they hanged Haman on the tre that he had prepared for Mordecái then was the Kings wrath pacified CHAP. VIII 1 After the death of Hamán was Mordecai exalted 14 Cō sortable letters are sent vnto the Iewes 1 THe same day did King Ahashuerôsh giue the house of Hamán the aduersarie of the Iewes vnto the Quene Estér And Mordecái came before the king for Estér tolde what he was vnto her 2 And the King toke of his ring which he had taken from Hamán and gaue it vnto Mordecái and Estér set Mordecái ouer the house of Hamán 3 And Estér spake yet more before the King and fell downe at his fete weping and besoght him that he wolde put away the wickednes of Hamán the Aga gite and his deuise that he had imagined against the Iewes 4 And the King helde out the goldē sceptre toward Estér Then arose Ester and stode before the King 5 And said If it please the King and if I haue founde fauour in his sight and the thing be acceptable before the King and I plea se him let it be writen that the letters of the deuise of Hamán the sonne of Ammedatha the Agagite may be called againe which he wrote to destroy the Iewes that are in all the Kings prouinces 6 For how can I suffer and se the euil that shal come vnto my people Or how can I suffer and se the destruction of my kinred 7 And the King Ahashuerôsh said vnto the Quene Estér and to Mordecái the Iewe Beholde I haue giuen Estér the house of Hamán whome they haue hanged vpon the tre because he layed hand vpon the Iewes 8 Write ye also for the Iewes as it liketh you in the Kings name and seale it with the Kings ring for the writings writen in the Kings name and sealed with the Kings ring may no man reuoke 9 Thē were the Kings scribes called at the same time euen in the third moneth that
ordeined and promised for them and for their sede and for all that ioyned vnto them that they wolde not faile to obserue those two dayes euerie yere ac cordyng to their writing and accordyng to their season 28 And that these dayes shulde be remembred and kept throughout euerie generation ād euerie familie and euerie prouince and euerie citie euen these dayes of Purim shulde not faile among the Iewes and the memorial of them shuld not perish from their sede 29 And the Quene Estér the daughter of Abihail and Mordecai the Iewe wrote with all autoritie to confirme this letter of Purim the seconde time 30 And he sent letters vnto all the Iewes to the hundreth and seuen and twentie prouin ces of the kyngdome of Ahashuerosh with wordes of peace and trueth 31 To confirme these dayes of Purim accordyng to their seasons as Mordecai the Iewe and Estér the Quene had appointed them and as they had promised for them selues and for their sede with fasting and prayer 32 And the decree of Estér confirmed these wordes of Purim was writen in the boke CHAP. X. The estimation and autoritie of Mordecai 1 ANd the Kyng Ahashuerôsh layed atribute vpon the lande and vpon the yles of the sea 2 And all the actes of hys power and of hys might ād the declaration of the dignitie of Mordecai wherewith the King magnified him are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kyng of Media Persia 3 For Mordecai the Iewe was the seconde vnto Kyng Ahashuerósh and greate amonge the Iewes and accepted among the multitude of hys brethren who procured the welth of his people and spake peaceably to all hys sede IOB THE ARGVMENT IN this historie is set before our eyes the example of a singular pacience For this holy man Iob was not onely extremely afflicted in outwarde things and in his body but also in his minde and conscience by the sharpe tentations of his wife and chief friends which by their vehement wordes and subtil disputations broght him almoste to dispaire for they set forthe God as a seuere iudge and mortal enemie vnto him whiche had caste him of therefore in vaine he shulde seke vnto him for succour These friends came vnto him vnder pretence of consolation and yet they tormented him more then did all his affliction Notwithstanding he did constantly resist them and at length had good successe In this storie we haue to marke that Iob mainteineth a good cause but handeleth it euil againe his aduersaries haue an euil matter but they defend it craftely For Iob helde that God did not alway punish men according to their sinnes but that he had secret iudgements whereof man knewe not the cause and therefore man colde not reason against God therein but he shulde be conuicted Moreouer he was assured that God had not reiected hym yet through his greate torments and affliction he brasteth forthe into manie inconueniencies bothe of wordes and sentences and sheweth him selfe as a desperate man in manie things and as one that wolde resist God and this is his good cause which he doeth not handel wel Agayne the aduersaries mainteine with manie goodlie arguments that God punisheth continually accordyng to the trespas grounding vpon Gods prouidence his iustice and mans sinnes yet their intention is euil for they labour to bring Iob into dispaire and so they mainteine an euil cause Ezekiél commendeth Iob as a iuste man Ezek. 14. 14 and Iames setteth out his pacience for an example Iam. 5. 11. CHAP. I. 1 The holines tiches and care of Iob for his children 11 Satan hathe permission to tempt hym 13 He tempteth him by taking awaye his substance and his children 20 His faith and pacience 1 THere was a man in the land of Vz called Iob and thys man was an vpryght and iuste man one that feared God and eschewed euil 2 And he had seuen son nes and thre daughters 3 Hys substance also was seuen thousande shepe and thre thousande camels and fiue hundreth yoke of oxen and fyue hundreth she asses and hys familie was verie great so that thys man was the greatest of all the men of the East 4 And his sonnes went and banketted in their houses euerie one his day and sent and called their thre sisters to eat ād to drinke with them 5 And when the dayes of their bankettyng were gone aboute Iob sent and sanctified them and rose vp early in the morning ād offred burnt offrings according to the nōber of them all For Iob thoght It may be that my sonnes haue sinned and blasphemed God in their hearts thus did Iob euerie day 6 ¶ Now on a day when the children of God came and stode before the Lorde Satán came also among them 7 Then the Lorde said vnto Satan Whence commest thou And Satan aunswered the Lorde saying From compassing the earth to and fro and from walking in it 8 And the Lord said vnto Satan Hast thou not cōsidered my seruant Iob how none is like him in the earth an vpright ādiust man one that feareth God and esche weth euil 9 Then Satā answered the Lord ād said doeth Iob feare God for noght 10 Hast thou not made an hedge about hym and about hys house and about all that he hathe on euerie side thou hast blessed the worke of his hands and his substance is encreased in the land 11 But stretche out now thine hand and touche all that he hathe to se if he wil not blas pheme thee to thy face 12 Then the Lorde sayd vnto Satan Lo all that he hathe is in thine hand onely vpon hym selfe shalt thou not stretche out thyne hand So Satan departed from the presence of the Lorde 13 ¶ And on a daye when hys sonnes and hys daughters were eatyng and drinkyng wine in their eldest brothers house 14 There came a messenger vnto Iob and said The oxen were plowing and the asses feding in their places 15 And the Shabeans came violently and toke them yea they haue slaine the seruants with the edge of the sworde but I onely am escaped alone to tel thee 16 And whiles he was yet speakyng another came and said The fyre of GOD is fallen from the heauen ād hath burnt vp the shepe and the seruants and deuoured them but I onely am escaped alone to tel thee 17 And whiles he was yet speakyng another came and said The Caldeans set out thre bandes and fel vpon the camels and haue ta ken them and haue slaine the seruants with the edge of the sworde but I onely am escaped alone to tel thee 18 And whiles he was yet speak yng came an other and said Thy sonnes and thy daughters were eating and drinking wine in their eldest brothers house 19 And be holde there came a great winde frō beyond the
The righteoushal be astonied at this the innocēt shal be moued against the hypocrite 9 But the righteous wil holde his waye and he whose hands are pure shal increase his strength 10 All you therefore turne you come now and I shal not finde one wise among you 11 My dayes are past mine enterprises are broken and the thoghts of mine heart 12 Haue changed the night for the day and the light that approched for darkenes 13 Thogh I hope yet the graue shal be mine house and I shal make my bed in the darke 14 I shal say to corruption Thou 〈◊〉 my father and to the worme Thou art my mother and my sister 15 Where is then now mine hope or who shal consider the thing that I hoped for 16 They shal go downe into the bottome of the pit surely it shal lye together in the dust CHAP. XVIII 1 Bildád rehearseth the peines of the vnfaithful and wicked 1 THē answered Bildád the Shuhite said 2 When wil ye make an end of your wor des cause vs to vnderstand and thē we will speake 3 Wherefore are we counted as beastes and are 〈◊〉 in your sight 4 Thou art as one that teareth his soule in his anger Shal the earth be forsakē for thy sake or the rocke remoued out of his place 5 Yea the light of the wicked shal be quenched the sparke of his fyre shal not shine 6 The light shal be darke in his dwelling and his candel shal be put out with him 7 The steppes of his strength shal be restrained and his owne counsel shal cast him downe 8 For he is taken in the net by his fete and he walketh vpon the snares 9 The grenne shal take him by the heele and the these shal come vpon him 10 A snare is laid for him in the grounde and a trappe for him in the way 11 Fearfulnes shal make him afraid on euery side and shal driue him to his fete 12 His strength shal be famine and destructiō shal be readie at his side 13 It shal deuoure the partes of his skinne the first borne of death shal deuoure his strength 14 His hope shal be roted out of his dwelling and shal cause him to go to the King of feare 15 Feare shal dwel in his house because it is not his and brim stone shal be 〈◊〉 vpon his habitacion 16 His rotes shal be dryed vp beneth and aboue shal his branche be cut downe 17 His remembrāce shal perish from the earth and he shal haue no name in the strete 18 They shal driue him out of the light vnto darkenes and chase him out of the worlde 19 He shal nether haue sonne nor nephewe among his people nor any posteritie in his dwellings 20 The posteritie shal be astonied at his day and feare shal come vpon the ancient 21 Surely suche are the habitacions of the wicked and this is the place of him that knoweth not God CHAP. XIX 2 Iob reproueth his friends 15 And reciteth his miseries grieuous peines 25 He assureth him selfe of the generall resurrection 1 BVt Iob answered and said 2 How long wil ye vexe my soule and torment me with wordes 3 Ye haue now ten times reproched me and are not ashamed ye are impudent toward me 4 And thogh I had in dede erred mine errour remaineth with me 5 But indede if ye wil aduance your selues against me and rebuke me for my reproche 6 Knowe now that God hathe ouer throwen me and hathe compassed me with his net 7 Beholde I crye out of violence but I haue none answer I crye but there is no iudgement 8 He hathe hedged vp my waye that I can not passe and he hathe set darkenes in my paths 9 He hathe spoiled me of mine honour taken the crowne away from mine head 10 He hathe destroyed me on euerie side and I am gone he hath remoued mine hope like a tre 11 And he hathe kindled his wrath against me and counteth me as one of his enemies 12 His armies came together and made their way vpon me and camped about my tabernacle 13 He hathe remoued my brethren farre from me and also mine acquaintance were strangers vnto me 14 My neighbours haue forsaken me and my familiars haue forgotten me 15 They that dwel in mine house my maides toke me for a stranger for I was a stranger in their sight 16 I called my seruāt but he wolde not answer thogh I prayed him with my mouth 17 My breath was strange vnto my wife thogh I prayed her for the childrens sake of mine owne body 18 The wicked also despised me and when I rose they spake against me 19 All my secret friends abhorred me and thei whome I loued are turned against me 20 My bone cleaueth to my skin and to my flesh and I hane escaped with the skinne of my tethe 21 Haue pitie vpon me haue pitie vpon me ô ye my friends for the hand of God hathe touched me 22 Why do ye persecute me as God and are not satisfied with my flesh 23 Oh that my wordes were now writen oh that thei were writen euen in a boke 24 And grauen with an yron penne in lead or in stone for euer 25 For I am sure that my Redemer liueth and he shal stand the last on the earth 26 And thogh after my skin wormes destroy this bodie yet shal I se God in my flesh 27 Whome I my self shal se and mine eies shall beholde and nonother for me thogh my reines are consumed within me 28 But ye said Why is he persecuted And there was a depe matter in me 29 Be ye afraid of the sworde for the sworde wil be auenged of wickednes that ye may know that there is a iudgement CHAP. XX. 1 Zophár sheweth that the wicked and the couetous shall haue a shorte end 22 Thogh for a time they florish 1 THen answered Zophár the Naamathite and said 2 Douteles my thoghts cause me to answer therefore I make haste 3 I haue heard the correction of my reproche therefore the spirit of mine vnderstanding causeth me to answer 4 Knowest thou not this of olde and since God placed man vpon the 〈◊〉 5 That the reioycing of the wicked is shorte and that the ioye of hypocrites is but a moment 6 Thogh his excellencie mounte vp to the heauen and his head reache vnto the cloudes 7 Yet shal he perish for euer like his dung and they which haue sene him shal say Where is he 8 He shal flee away as a dreame and thei shall not finde him and shal passe away as a vision of the night 9 So that the eye which had sene him shaldo so no more and his place shal se him no more 10 His children
the measure of my dayes what it is let me knowe how long I haue to liue 5 Beholde thou haste made my dayes as an hand breadth and mine age as nothing in respect of thee surely euery mā in his best state is altogether vanitie Sélah 6 Douteles man walketh in a shadowe and disquieteth him selfe in vaine he heapeth vp riches and can not tell who shall gather them 7 And now Lord what waite I for mine hope is euen in thee 8 Deliuer me from all my transgressions and make me not a rebuke vnto the foolish 9 I shulde haue bene dumme and not haue opened my mouthe because thou didest it 10 Take thy plague away from me for I am consumed by the stroke of thine hand 11 When thou with rebukes doest chastise man for iniquitie thou as a moth makest his beautie to consume surely euerie man is vanitie Sélah 12 Heare my praier ô Lord and hearken vnto my crye kepe not silence at my teares for I am a stranger with thee and a soiourner as all my fathers 13 Stay thine angre from me that I maye recouer my strength before I go hence be not PSAL. XL. 1 Dauid deliuered from great danger doeth magnifie and praise the grace of God for his deliuerance and commēdeth his prouidence towards all mankind 5 Thē doeth he promise to giue him self wholly to Gods seruice and so declareth how God is truely worshiped 14 Afterward he giueth thankes and praiseth God and hauing cōplarned of his enemies with good courage he calleth foraide and succour ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid 1 I Waited paciently for the Lord and he inclined vnto me and heard my crye 2 He broght me also out of the horrible pit out of the myrie claie and set my fete vpon the rocke and ordered my goings 3 And he hath put in my mouth a new song of praise vnto our God manie shal se it and feare and shal trust in the Lord. 4 Blessed is the mā that maketh the Lord his trust and regardeth not the proude nor suche as turne aside to lies 5 O Lord my God thou hast made thy wonderfull workes so manie that none can counte in ordre to thee thy thoghts to ward vs I wolde declare and speake of thē but thei are mo then I am able to expresse 6 Sacrifice and offring thou didest not desire for mine eares hast thou prepared burnt offring and sin offring hast thou not required 7 Then said I Lo I come for in the rolle of the boke it is writen of me 8 I desired to do thy good wil ô my GOD yea thy Law is within mine heart 9 I haue declared thy righteousnes in the great Congregation lo I wil not refreine my lippes ô Lord thou knowest 10 I haue not hid thy ryghteousnes within mine heart but I haue declared thy trueth and thy saluation I haue not cōceiled thy mercie and thy trueth from the great Cōgregation 11 Withdrawe not thou thy tendre mercye frome me ô Lord let thy mercie and thy trueth alway preserue me 12 For innumerable troubles haue compassed me my sinnes haue taken suche holde vpō me that I am not able to loke vp yea thei are mo in nomber then thee heere 's of mine head therefore mine heart hath failed me 13 Let it please thee ô Lord to deliuer me make haste ô Lord to helpe me 14 Let them be confounded put to shame together that seke my soule to destroye it let them be driuen backewarde and put to rebuke that desire mine hurt 15 Let them be destroyed for a rewarde of theyr shame whiche saye vnto me Aha aha 16 Let all them that seke thee reioyce and be glad in thee and let them that loue thy saluation saye alwaye The Lord be praised 17 Thogh I be poore and nedie the LORD thinketh on me thou art mine helper and my deliuerer my God make no tarying PLAL XLI 1 Dauid being grieuously 〈◊〉 blesseth them that pitie his case 9 And complaineth of the treason of hys owne friendes and familiares as came to passe in Iudas Iohn 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 After he feling the greate mercies of GOD gentlye 〈◊〉 hym and not sufferynge hys ennemies to triumphe against him 13 Giueth moste heartie thankes vnto God ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid 1 BLessed is he that iudgeth wisely of the poore the Lord shal deliuer him in the time of trouble 2 The Lord wil kepe him and preserue him aliue he shal be blessed vpon the earth and thou wilt not deliuer him vnto the wyll of his enemies 3 The Lord will strengthen him vpon the bed of sorowe thou haste turned all hys bed in his sickenes 4 Therefore I said Lord haue mercie vpon me healemy soule for I haue sinned against thee 5 Mine enemies speak euil of me saying When shal he dye and his name perish 6 And if he come to se me he speaketh lies but his hearte heapeth iniquitie within him and when he cometh sorthe he telleth it 7 All they that hate me whisper together against me euen against me do they imagine mine hurt 8 A mischief is light vpon him and he that lieth shal no more rise 9 Yea my familiar friend whome I trusted which did eat of my bread hathe lifted vp the hele against me 10 Therefore O Lord haue mercie vpon me and raise me vp so I shal rewarde them 11 By this I knowe that thou fauorest me because mine enemie doeth not triumphe against me 12 And as for me thou vp holdest me in mine integritie and doest set me before thy face for euer 13 Blessed be the Lord God of Israél worlde without end So be it euen so be it PSAL. XLII 1 The Propher grieuously complaineth that beinge letted by his persecutors he colde not be present in the Congregaciō of Gods people protesting that althogh he was separated in bodie from thē yet his heart was thither warde affectioned 7 And last of all he sheweth that he was not so farre ouercome with these sorowes and thoghts 8 But that he continually put his confidence in the Lord. ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme to giue instructiō cōmitted to the sonnes of Kōrah 1 AS the hart braieth for the riuers of water so panteth my soule after thee O God 2 My soule thirsteth for God euen for the liuing God when shall I come and appeare before the presence of God 3 My teares haue bene my meate daye and night while they daily say vnto me Where is thy God 4 When I remembred these things I powred out my verie heart because I had gone with the multitude led them in to the House of God with the voice of singīg praise as a multitude the kepeth a feast 5 Why art thou cast downe my soule vnquiet within
multitude of thy 〈◊〉 o God heare me in the trueth of thy saluacion 14 Deliuer me out of the myre that I sinke not let me be deliuered from them that hate me and out of the depe waters 15 Let not the waterflood drowne me nether let the depe swallowe me vp and let not the pit shut her mouth vpon me 16 Heare me o Lord for thy louing kindenes is good turne vnto me according to the mul titude of thy tendre mercies 17 And hide not thy face from thy seruāt for I am in trouble make hast and heare me 18 Drawe nere vnto my soule and redeme it deliuer me because of mine enemies 19 Thou hast knowen my reprofe my shame my 〈◊〉 all mine aduersaries are before thee 20 Rebuke hathe broken mine heart and I am ful of heauines and I loked for some to ha ue pitie on me but there was none and for comforters but I founde none 21 For they gaue me gall in my meat and in my thirst they gaue me vinegre to drinke 22 Let their table be a snare before them and their prosperitie their ruine 23 Let their eyes be blinded that they se not make their loynes alwaye to tremble 24 Powre out thine angre vpon them and let thy wrathful displeasure take them 25 Let their habitacion be voide let none dwell in their tentes 26 For they persecute him whome thou hast smiten and they adde vnto the soro we of thē whome thou hast wounded 27 Lay iniquitie vpon their iniquitie and let them not come into thy righteousnes 28 Let them be put out of the boke of life ne ther let them be writen with the righteous 29 When I am poore and in heauines thine helpe o God shal exalt me 30 I wil praise the Name of God with a song and magnifie him with thankesgiuing 31 This also shal please the Lord better then a yong bullocke that hathe hornes and houses 32 The humble shal se this they that seke God shal be glad and your heart shal liue 33 For the Lord heareth the poore and despiseth not his prisoners 34 Let heauen earth praise him the seas and all that moueth in them 35 For God wil saue Ziōn and buylde the cities of Iudáh that men maye dwell there and ha ue it in possession 36 The sede also of his seruants shal inherit it and they that loue his Name shal dwel therein PSAL. LXX 1 He prayeth to be ryght spedely deliuered 2 He desireth the shame of his enemies 4 And the ioyfull comfort of all those that seke the Lord. ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid to put in remembrance 1 O * God hast thee to deliuer me make haste to helpe me ô Lord. 2 Let them be confounded ād put to shame that seke my soule let them be turned back ward ād put to rebuke that desire mine hurt 3 Let them be turned backe for a rewarde of their shame whiche said Aha aha 4 But let all those that seke thee be ioyful ād glad in thee and let all that loue thy saluacion saie alwayes God be praised 5 Nowe I am poore and nedie ô God make haste to me thou art mine helper and my delinerer ô Lord make no tarying PSAL. LXXI 1 He prayeth in fayth established by the worde of the promes 5 And confirmed by the 〈◊〉 of God from hys youth 10 He complaineth of the crueltie of the ennemies 17 And desireth GOD to continue hys graces towarde hym 12 Promising to be mindefull and thanke full for the same 1 IN * thee ô Lorde I trust let me neuer be ashamed 2 Rescue me and deliuer me in thy righteous nes incline thine eare vnto me and 〈◊〉 me 3 Be thou my strong rocke whereunto I may alwaye resorte thou haste giuen commandement to saue me for thou art my rocke and my fortresse 4 Deliuer me ô my GOD out of the hande of the wicked out of the hand of the euill and cruel man 5 For thou art mine hope o Lord God euen my trust from my youth 6 Vppon thee haue I bene stayed frome the wombe thou art he that toke me out of my mothers bowels my prayse shal be alwayes of thee 7 I am become as it were a monstre vnto manie but thou art my sure trust 8 Let my mouth be filled with thy praise ād with thy glorie euerie day 9 Cast me not of in the time of age forsake me not when my strength faileth 10 For mine enemies speake of me and they that laie waite for my 〈◊〉 take their coun sel together 11 Saying God hath forsaken him pursue ād take him for their is none to deliuer him 12 Go not farre from me ô God my God hast thee to helpe me 13 Letthē be confoūd ed and consumed that are against my soule let thē be couered with reprofe and confusion that seke mine hurt 14 But I wil waite continually and wil prayse thee more and more 15 My mouthe shall daily rehearse thy righteousnes and thy saluacion for I knowe not the nomber 16 I will go forwarde in the strength of the Lorde God and will make mention of thy righteousnes euen of thine onely 17 O GOD thou hast taught me frome my youth euen vntil nowe therefore wil I tell of thy wonderous workes 18 Yea euen vnto mine olde age and graye head ô God forsake me not vntill I haue de clared thine arme vnto this generatiō ād thy power to all them that shal come 19 And thy ryghteousnes ô God I will exalt on high forthou hast done great things ô God who is like vnto thee 20 Whiche hast shewed me great troubles and aduersities but thou wilt returne and reuiue me and wilt come againe and take me vp 〈◊〉 the depth of the earth 21 Thou wilt increase mine honour and retur ne and comfort me 22 Therefore wil I praise thee for thy faith fulnes o God vpon instrument and viole vnto thee will sing vpon the harpe o holie one of Israél 23 My lips wil reioyce when I sing vnto thee and my soule which thou hast deliuered 24 My tongue also shal talke of thy righteousnes daily for they are confounded and broght vnto shame that seke mine hurt PSAL. LXXII 1 He prayeth for the prosperous estate of the kingdome of Salomon who was the figure of Christ. 4 Vnderwhome shal be 〈◊〉 peace and 〈◊〉 10 Vnto whome all Kings and all nations shall do 〈◊〉 17 Whos 's name and power shall indure for euer and in whome all nations shal be blessed ¶ A Psalme of Salomon 1 GIue thy iudgementes to the Kynge o God and thy righteousnes to the Kings sonne 2 Then shal he iudge thy people in righteous nes and thy poore with equitie 3 The mountaines and
forsaken of all prayeth feruently for deliuerance sometimes rehearsing his miseries 5 Sometimes the mercies receiued 11 Desiring also to be instructed of the Lord that he maie feare him and glorifie his Name 14 He complaineth also of his aduersaries and requireth to be deliuered from them ¶ A Prayer of Dauid 1 INcline thine eare ô Lord and heare me for I am poore and nedie 2 Preserue thou my soule for I am merciful my God saue thou thy seruant that trusteth in thee 3 Be merciful vnto me ô Lord for I crye vpō thee continually 4 Reioyce the soule of thy seruant for vnto thee ô Lord do I lift vp my soule 5 For thou Lord art good and merciful and of great kindenes vnto all them that call vpon thee 6 Giue eare Lord vnto my prayer and hearken to the voyce of my supplication 7 In the daye of my trouble I wil call vpon thee for thou hearest me 8 Among the gods there is none like thee ô Lord and there is none that can do like thy workes 9 All nations whome thou hast made shall come and worship before thee ô Lord and shal glorifie thy Name 10 For thou art great and doest wonderous things thou art God alone 11 Teache me thy waie ô Lord and I wil walke in thy trueth knit mine heart vnto thee that I 〈◊〉 feare thy Name 12 I wil praise thee ô Lord my God with all mine heart yea I wil glorifie thy Name for euer 13 For great is thy mercie towarde me and thou hast deliuered my soule from the lowest graue 14 O God the proude are risen against me and the assemblies of violent men haue soght my soule and haue not set thee before them 15 But thou ö Lord art a pitiful God and merciful slowe to angre and great in kindenes and trueth 16 Turne vnto me and haue mercie vpon me giue thy strength vnto thy seruant and saue the sonne of thine hand maid 17 Shewe a token of thy goodnes towarde me that they which hate me maie se it and be ashamed because thou ô Lord hast holpen me and comforted me PSAL. LXXXVII 1 The holie Gost promiseth that the condition of the Church which was in miserie after the captiuitie of Baby lō shulde be 〈◊〉 to great 〈◊〉 4 So that there shulde be nothing more 〈◊〉 thē to be nombred among the members thereof ¶ A Psalme or song committed to the sonnes of Kórah 1 GOd laied his fundacions amonge the holie mountaines 2 The Lord loueth the gates of Zión aboue all the habitacions of Iaakób 3 Glorious things are spoken of thee ô citie of God 〈◊〉 4 I wil make mention of Raháb and Babél among them that knowe me beholde Palestina and Tyrus with Ethiopia There is he borne 5 And of Ziō it shal be said Manie are borne in her and he euen the moste High shall stablish her 6 The Lord shall count when he writeth the people He was borne there Sélah 7 Aswel the singers as the plaiers on instruments shal praise thee all my spryngs are in thee PSAL. LXXXVIII 1 A grieuous complaint of the faithfull sore afflicted by sicknes persecutions and aduersitie 7 Beinge as it were left of God without anie consolation 13 Yet he calleth on God by faith and striueth against desperation 18 Cōplaining him self to be forsaken of all earthlie helpe ¶ A song or Psalme of * Hemán the Ezrahite to giue instruction cōmitted to the sonnes of Kórah for him that excelleth vpon Maláth Leannoth 1 O Lord God of my saluacion I crye day and night before thee 2 Let my prayer enter into thy presence incline thine eare vnto my crye 3 For my soule is filled with euils and my life draweth nere to the graue 4 I am counted among them that go downe vnto the pit and am as a man without strength 5 Fre among the dead like the slainelying in the graue whome thou remembrest no more and they 〈◊〉 cut offrome thyne hand 6 Thou hast 〈◊〉 me in the lowest pit in darkenes and in the depe 7 Thine indignation lieth vpon me thou hast vexed me with all thy waues Sélah 8 Thou hast put awaye mine 〈◊〉 acquaintance farre fromme and made me to be abhorred of them I am shut vp and can not get forthe 9 Mine eye is sorowful through mine affliction Lord I call daiely vpō thee I stretch out mine hands vnto thee 10 Wilt thou shewe a miracle to the dead or shal the dead rise praise thee Sélah 11 Shall thy louyng kyndenes be declared in the 〈◊〉 or thy faithfulnes in destruction 12 Shall thy wonderous workes be knowen in the darke and thy righteousnes in the land of obliuion 13 But vnto thee haue I cryed O Lord early shal my praier come before thee 14 Lord why doest thou reiect my soule hidest thy face fromme 15 I am afflicted and at the pointe of death from my youth I suffer thy terrours dou ting of my life 16 Thine in dignations go ouer me and thy feare hathe cut me of 17 They came rounde aboute me daiely like water and compassed me together 18 My louers and friends hast thou put away from me and myne 〈◊〉 hyd them selues PSAL. LXXXIX 1 With manie wordes doeth the Prophet praise the goodnes of God 23 For his testament and couenant that he had made betwene him and his elect by Iesus Christ the sonne of Dauid 38 Then doeth he cōplaine of the great ruine and desolation of the kingdome of Dauid so that to the outwarde appearance the promes was broken 46 Finally he praieth to be deliuered from his afflictiōs making mention of the shortnes of mans life and confirming him self by Gods promises ¶ A Psalme to giue instruction of Ethán the Ezrahite 1 I Wil sing the mercies of the LORD for euer with my mouthe will I declare thy trueth from generacion to generacion 2 For I said Mercie shal be set vp for euer thy trueth shalt thou stablishin the verye heauens 3 I haue made a couenant with my chosen I haue sworne to Dauid my seruant 4 Thy sede wil I stablish for euer and set vp thy throne from generacion to generaciō Sélah 5 O Lord euen the heauens shal praise thy wonderous worke yea thy trueth in the Congregacion of the Saints 6 For who is equal to the Lord in the heauē and who is like the LORD amonge the sonnes of the gods 7 God is verie terrible in the assēblie of the Saints and to be reuerenced aboue all that are about him 8 O Lord GOD of hostes who is like vnto thee whiche art a mightie Lord and thy trueth is about thee 9 Thou rulest the raging of the sea when the waues thereof arise thou stillest them 10 Thou hast beaten downe Raháb as a
song of the Lord in a strange land 5 If I forget thee ô Ierusalém let my right hand forget to play 6 If I do not remembre thee let my tōgue clea ue to the rofe of my mouth yea if I preferre not Ierusalém to my chiefioye 7 Remember the children of Edom ô Lord in the daye of Ierusalém which said Rase it rase it to the fundacion thereof 8 O daughter of Babél worthie to be destroied blessed shal he be that re wardeth thee as thou hast serued vs. 9 Blessed shal he be that taketh and dasheth thy children against the stones PSAL. CXXXVIII 1 Dauid with great courage praiseth the goodnes of God toward him the which is so great 2 That it is knowen to forren princes who shal praise the Lord together with him 6 And he is assured to haue like comfort of God in the time following as he hathe had hereto fore ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 I Wil praise thee with my whole heart euē before the gods wil I praise thee 2 I wil worship toward thine holie Temple and praise thy Name because of thy louing kindenes and for thy trueth for thou hast magnified thy Name aboue all things by thy worde 3 When I called then thou heardest me and hast increased strength in my soule 4 All the Kings of the earth shal praise thee ô Lord for they haue heard the wordes of thy mouth 5 And thei shal sing of the wayes of the Lord because the glorie of the Lord is great 6 For the Lord is high yet he beholdeth the lowely but the proud he knoweth a farreof 7 Thogh I walke in the middes of trouble yet wilt thou reuiue me thou wilt stretch forthe thine hand vpon the wrath of mine enemies and thy right hand shal saue me 8 The Lord wil performe his worke toward me ô Lord thy mercie endureth for euer forsake not the workes of thine hands PSAL. CXXXIX 1 Dauid to cleanse his heart from all hypocrisie sheweth that there is nothing so hid whiche GOD seeth not 13 which he consirmeth by the creation of man 14 〈◊〉 declaring his zeale and feare of God he protesteth to be enemie to all them that contemne God ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid 1 O Lord thou hast tryed me knowē me 2 Thou knowest my sitting my rising thou vnderstandest my thoght a farreof 3 Thou compassest my paths and my lying downe and art accustomed to all my waies 4 For there is not a worde in my tōgue but lo thou knowest it wholly ô Lord. 5 Thou holdest me strait behinde and before and laiest thine hand vpon me 6 Thy knowledge is to wonderful for me it is so high that I can not atteine vnto it 7 Whether shal I go from thy Spirit or whe ther shal I flee from thy presence 8 If I ascend into heauē thou art there if I lie downe in hel thou art there 9 Let me take the wings of the morning dwell in the vttermost partes of the sea 10 Yet thether shal thine hand lead me and thy right hand holde me 11 If I saie Yet the darkenes shal hide me euē the night shal be light about me 12 Yea the darkenes hideth not from thee but the night shineth as the daie the darknes light are bothe a like 13 For thou hast possessed my reines thou hast couered me in my mothers wombe 14 I wil praise thee for I am fearfully wonderously made maruelous are thy workes an my soule knoweth it wel 15 My bones are not hid from thee 〈◊〉 I was made in a secret place and facioned beneth in the earth 16 Thine eyes did se me when I was with out forme for in thy boke were all things writen which in continuance were facioned when there was none of them before 17 How dere therefore are thy thoghts vnto me ô God! how great is the summe of thē 18 If I shulde counte them they are me then the sand when I wake I am stil with thee 19 Oh that thou woldest slay ô God the wicked and bloodie men to whome I saie Departe ye from me 20 Which speake wickedly of thee and being thine enemies are lifted vp in vaine 21 Do not I hate them ô Lord that hate thee and do not I earnestly contend with those that rise vp against thee 22 I hate thē with an vnfained hatred as they were mine vtter enemies 23 Trye me ô God and knowe mine heart proue me and knowe my thoghts 24 And consider if there be anie waie of wic kednes in me and lead me in the waie for euer PSAL. CXL 1 Danid complaineth of the crueltie falsehode and iniuries of his ennemies 8 Against the which he praieth vnto the Lord and assureth him self of his helpe and succour 12 Wherefore he prouoketh the iust to praise the Lord and to assure them selues of his tuition ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid 1 DEliuer me ô Lord from the euil man pre serue me from the cruel man 2 Which imagine euil things in their heart and make warre continually 3 They haue sharpened their tongues like a serpent adders poyson is vnder their lippes Sélah 4 Kepe me ô Lord from the hands of the wic ked preserue me from the cruel man which purposeth to cause my steppes to slide 5 The proude haue laid a snare for me spred a net with cordes in my path waye set gren nes for me Sélah 6 Therefore I said vnto the Lord Thou art my God heare ô Lord the voyce of my pray ers 7 O Lord God the strength of my saluacion thou hast couered mine head in the daie of battel 8 Let not the wicked haue his desire ô Lord performe not his wicked thoght lest they be proude Sélah 9 As for the chief of them that compasse me about let the mischief of their ownelippes come vpon them 10 Let coles fall vpon them let him cast them into the fyre and into the depe pittes that they rise not 11 For the backebiters shal not be established vpon the earth euil shal hunt the cruel man to destruction 12 I knowe that the Lord wil auenge the afflicted and iudge the poore 13 Surely the righteous shal praise thy Name and the iust shal dwell in thy presence PSAL. CXLI 1 Dauid being grieuously persecuted vnder Saúl onely 〈◊〉 voto God to haue succour 3 Desiring 〈◊〉 to bridle his affections that he maye paciently abide til God ta ke ven geance of his enemies ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 OLord I call vpō thee haste thee vnto me heare my voyce when I crye vnto thee 2 Let my prayer be directed in thy sight as in cense and the lifting vp of mine hand as an euening sacrifice 3 Set a watche ô Lord before my
the cisterne 7 And dust returne to the earth as it was and the spirit returne to GOD that gaue it 8 Vanitie of vanities saith the Preacher all is vanitie 9 And the more wise the Preacher was the more he taught the people knowledge caused them to heare and searched forthe and prepared manie parables 10 The Preacher soght to finde out pleasant wordes and an vpright writing euen the wordes of trueth 11 The wordes of the wise are like goades and like nailes fastened by the masters of the assemblies whiche are gyuen by one pastour 12 And of other things besides these my sonne take thou hede for there is none ende in making manie bokes and muche reading is a wearines of the flesh 13 Let vs heare the end of all feare God and kepe his commandements for this is the whole duetie of man 14 For God wil bring euerie worke vnto iudgement with euerie secret thing whether it be good or euil AN EXCELLENT SONG vvhich vvas Salomons THE ARGVMENT IN this Song Salomón by moste swete and cōfortable allego ries and parables describeth the perfite loue of Iesus Christ the true Salomón and King of peace and the faithful soule or his Church which he hathe sanctified and appointed to be his spouse holy chast and without reprehension So that here is declared the singular loue of the bridegrome towarde the bride and his great and excellent benefites wherewith he doeth enriche her of his pure bountie and grace without anie of her deseruings Also the earnest affection of the Church which is in flamed with the loue of Christ desiring to be more and more ioyned to him in 〈◊〉 and not to be forsaken for anie spot or blemish that is in her CHAP. I. 1 The familiar talke and mystical communication of the 〈◊〉 loue betwene Iesus Christ his Church 6 The domestical enemies that persecute the Church 1 LEt hī kisse me with the kisses of his mouthe for thy loue is better then wine 2 Because of the sauour of thy good ointments thy name is as an oyntment powred out therfore the virgines loue thee 3 Drawe me we will runne after thee the King hath broght me into his chambers we wil reioyce and be glad in thee we will remember thy loue more then wyne the righteous do loue thee 4 I am blacke ô daughters of Ierusalē but comelie as the frutes of Kedár as the curtines of Salomón 5 Regarde ye me not because I am blacke for the sunne hathe loked vpon me The sonnes of my mother were angrie against me they made me the keper of the vines but I kept not mine owne wine 6 Shewe me ô thou whome my soule loueth where thou fedest where thou liest at noone for why shuld I be as she that turneth aside to the flockes of thy cōpaniōs 7 If thou knowe not ô thou the falrest among women get thee forthe by the steppes of the flocke and fede thy kiddes by the tents of the shepherdes 8 I haue cōpared thee ô my loue to the trou pe of horses in the charets of Pharaóh 9 Thy chekes are comelie with rowes of stones and thy necke with chaines 10 We wil make thee borders of golde with studdes of siluer 11 Whiles the King was at his repast my spikenarde gaue the smel thereof 12 My welbeloued is as a bundle of myrrhe vnto me he shal lye betwene my breastes 13 My welbeloued is as a clustre of camphire vnto me in the vines of Engédi 14 My loue behold thou art faire behold thou art faire thine eyes are like dooues 15 My welbeloued beholde thou art faire and pleasant also our bed is grene the beames of our house are cedres CHAP. II. 3 The Church desireth to rest vnder the shadow of Christ 8 She heareth his voice 14 She is compared to the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 And the enemies to the foxes 1 I Am the rose of the field and the lilie of the valleis 2 Like a lilie among the thornes so is my loue among the daughters 3 Like the apple tre amōg the trees of the forest so is my welbeloued amōg the sonnes of mē vnder his shado we had I delite and sate downe and hys frute was swete vnto my mouth 4 He broght me into the wine celler loue was his ban ner ouer me 5 Stay me with flagons and cōfort me with apples for I am sicke of loue 6 His left hand is vnder mine head hys right hand doeth imbrace me 7 I charge you ô daughters of Ierusalēm by the roes and by the hindes of the field that ye stirre not vp nor waken my loue vntil she please 8 It is the voice of my welbeloued behold he cometh leaping by the mountaines skipping by the hilles 9 My welbeloued is like a roe or a yong heart lo he standeth behinde our wall loking forthe of the windowes shewing him selfe through the grates 10 My welbeloued spake said vnto me Arise my loue my faire one come thy way 11 For beholde winteris past the rayne is changed and is gone away 12 The flowers appeare in the earth the time of the singing of birdes is come the voice of the turtleis heard in our land 13 The figtre hathe broght forthe her yong figges and the vines with their smal grapeshaue cast a sauour arise my loue my faire one and come away 14 My dooue that art in the holes of the rocke in the secret places of the staires shewe me thy sight let me heare thy voice for thy voyce is swete and thy sight comelie 15 Take vs the foxes the litle foxes whiche destroy the vines for our vines haue smale grapes 16 My welbeloued is mine and I am his he fedeth among the lilies 17 Vntil the daye breake and the shadowes flee away returne my welbeloued and be like a roe or a yong hart vpon the mountaines of Béther CHAP. III. 1 The Church desireth to be ioyned in separably to Christ her housband 6 Her deliuerance out of the wildernes 1 IN my bed by night I soght him that my soule loued I soght hī but I foūd him not 2 I wil rise therefore now and go aboute in the citie by the stretes and by the opē places wil seke him that my soule loueth I soght him but I founde him not 3 The watchemen that went about the citie found me to whome I said Haue you sene him whome my soule loueth 4 When I had past a litle from them then I founde him whome my soule loued I toke holde on him and left him not till I had broght him vnto my mothers house into the chamber of her that conceiued me 5 I charge you ô daughters of Ierusalém by the roes and by the hindes of the field that ye stirre not vp nor
shal be wrath as in the valley of Gibeôn that he may do his worke his strāge worke and bring to passe his acte hys strange acte 22 Now therefore be no mockers lest your bondes increase for I haue heard of the Lord of hostes a consumption euen determined vpon the whole earth 23 Hearken ye and heare my voyce hearkē ye and heare my speache 24 Doeth the plow man plowe all the daye to so we doeth he open breake the clottes of his grounde 25 When he hathe made it plaine wil he not then sowe the fitches and sowe cummin and castin wheat by measure and the appointed barly and rye in their place 26 For his GOD doeth in struct him to haue discrecion and doeth teache him 27 For fitches shall not be 〈◊〉 with a 〈◊〉 instrument nether shall a cart whele be turned about vpon the cummin but the fitches are beaten out with a staffe and cummin with a rod. 28 Bread corne whē it is thresshed he doeth not alway thresh it nether doeth the whele of his cart stil make anoyse nether will he breake it with the tethe thereof 29 This also cometh from the Lord of hostes which is wonderful in counsel and excellent in workes CHAP. XXIX 1 Aprophecie againste Ierusalém 13 The 〈◊〉 of God on them that followe the traditions of men 1 AH altar altar of the citie that Dauid dwelt in adde yere vnto yere let thē kil lambes 2 But I wil bring the altar into distres and there shal be heauines and sorow it shal be vnto me like an altar 3 And I wil besege thee as a circle and fight against thee on a mount and will caste vp ramparts against thee 4 So shalt thou be humbled shalt speake out of the grounde and thy speache shal be as out of the dust thy voyce also shal be out of the grounde like him that hath a spirit of diuination and thy talking shal whisper out of the dust 5 Moreouer the multitude of thy stranger shal be like smale dust and the multitude of stronge men shal be as chaffe that passeth awaye and it shal be in a moment euen suddenly 6 Thou shalt be visited of the Lord of hostes with thundre and shaking a greate noyse a whirlwinde and a tempeste and a flame of a deuouring fyre 7 And the multitude of all the naciōs that fight againste the altar shal be as a dreame or visiō by night euen all they that make the warre against it and strong holdes against it and laye sege vnto it 8 And it shal be like as an hungrie man dreameth and beholde he eateth and whēhe awaketh his soule is emptie or like as a thirstie man dreameth lo he is drinking and when he awaketh behold he is fainte and his soule longeth so shall the multitude of all naciōs be that fight against moūt Ziôn 9 Stay your selues and wonder they are blinde and make you blinde thei are drōken but not with wine they stagger but not by strong drinke 10 For the Lord hath couered you with a spirit of slomber and hathe shut vp your eies the Prophetes and your chief Seers hathe he couered 11 And the vision of them all is become vnto you as the wordes of a boke that is sealed vp which they deliuer to one that cāread saying Read this I pray thee Then shal he say I can not for it is sealed 12 And the boke is giuen vnto him that can not read saying Read this I pray thee And he shal say I can not read 13 Therfore the Lord said Because this people come nere vnto me with their mouth and honour me with their lippes but haue remoued their heart far from me and their feare toward me was taught by the precept of men 14 Therefore beholde I wil againe do a maruelous worke in this people euen a maruelous worke and a wonder for the wisdome of their wisemen shal perish the vnderstanding of their prudent men shal be hid 15 Wo vnto them that seke depe to hide their counsel from the Lord for their wor kes are in darknes and thei say Who seeth vs and who knoweth vs 16 Your turning of deuises shall it not be estemed as the potters claye for shall the worke say of him that made it He made me not or the thing formed say of him that fa cioned it He had none vnderstanding 17 It is not yet but a litle while and Lebanō shal be turned in to Carmél and Carmél shal be counted as a forest 18 And in that daye shall the deafe heare the wordes of the boke the eyes of the blind shal se out of obscuritie and out of darkenes 19 The meke in the Lord shal receiue ioye againe and the poore men shal reioyce in the holie one of Israél 20 For the cruell man shall cease and the scornefull shal be consumed and all that hasted to iniquitie shal be cut of 21 Which made a man to sinne in the word and toke him in a snare whiche reproued them in the gate and made the iuste to fall without cause 22 Therefore thus saith the Lord vnto the house of Iaakób euen he that redemed Abrahám Iaakób shal not now be cōfounded nether now shal his face be pale 23 But when he seeth his childrē the worke of mine handes in the middes of him thei shall sanctifie my Name and sanctifie the holie one of Iaakôb and shall feare the God of Israél 24 Then they that erted in spirit shall haue vnderstanding and they that murmured shall earne doctrine CHAP. XXX 1 He reproueth the Iewes whiche in their aduersitie vsed their owne counsels and soght helpe of the Egyptiās 10 Despising the Prophetes 16 Therfore he sheweth what destruction shal come vpon them 18 But offreth mercie to the repentant 1 WO to the rebellious children saith the Lord that take counsel but not of me and not couer with a couering but not by my spirit that they maye laye sinne vpon sinne 2 Whiche walke forthe to go downe into Egypt and haue not asked at my mouthe to strengthen themselues with the strēgth of Pharaôh and trust in the shadowe of Egypt 3 But the strength of Pharaôh shal be your shame the trust in the shadow of Egypt your confusion 4 For his princes were at Zôan and his ambassadours came vnto Hanés 5 Thei shal be all ashamed of the people that cā not profite them nor helpe nor do thē good but shal be a shame and also a reproche 6 ¶ The burdē of the beastes of the South in a land of trouble and anguishe frome whence shal come the yong and olde lyō the viper and fyrie flying serpent against them that shal beare their riches vpon the shoulders of the coltes and their treasures vpon the bounches of the camels to a people that can not profite 7 For the
to his brother What hathe the Lord answered and what hathe the Lord spoken 36 And the burden of the Lord shal ye mencion no more for euerie mans worde shal be his burdē for ye haue peruerted the wordes of the liuing God the Lord of hostes our God 37 Thus shalt thou say to the Prohpet What hathe the Lord answered thee and what hathe the Lord spoken 38 And if you say The burden of the Lord Then thus saith the Lord Because ye say this worde The burden of the Lord and I haue sent vnto you saying Ye shal not say The burden of the Lord 39 Therefore beholde I euen I wil vtterlly forget you and I wil forsake you and the citie that I gaue you your fathers and cast you out of my presence 40 And wil bring * en euerlasting reproche vpon you and a perpetual shame which shal neuer be forgotten CHAP. XXIIII 1 The vision of the baskets of sigges 5 Signifieth that parte of the people shulbe be broght againe from captiuitie 8 And that Zedekian and the rest of the people shulde be caryed away 1 THe Lord shewed me and beholde two baskets of figges were set before the Tē ple of the Lord after that Nebuchadnezzár King of Babél had caried away captiue Ieco niah the sonne of Ichoiakim King of 〈◊〉 the princes of Iudáh with the workemen and cunning men of Ierusalém had broght them to Babél 2 One basked had verie good figgs 〈◊〉 like the figges that are first ripe the other basket had verie noghtie figges which colde not be eaten thei were so euil 3 Thē said the Lord vnto me What seest thou Ieremiáh And I said 〈◊〉 the good figgs verie good and the noghtie verie noghtie which can not be eaten thei are so euil 4 Againe the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 5 Thus saith the Lord the God of Israél Like these good figges so wil I knowe them that are caried away captiue of Iudáh to be good whome I haue sent out of this place into the land of the Caldeans 6 For I wil set mine eyes vpon them for good and I wil bring them againe to this land and I wil buylde them and not destroy them and I wil plant them and not roote them out 7 And I wil giue them 〈◊〉 heart to knowe me that I am the Lord and they shal be my * people and I wil be their GOD for they shall returne vnto me with their whole heart 8 * And as the noghtie figges which can not be eatē they are so euil surely thus saith the Lord so wil I giue Zedekiáh the King of Iu dáh and his princes and the residue of Ierusalém that remaine in this land and thē that dwell in the land of Egypt 9 I wil euen giue them for a terrible plague to all the kingdomes of the earth and for are proche and for a prouerbe for a commune talke and for a cursse in all places where I shal cast them 10 And I wil send the sworde the famine and the pestilence among them til they be consumed out of the land that I gaue vnto them and to their fathers CHAP. XXV 1 He prophecieth that thei shal be in captiuitie seuentie yeres 12 And that after the seuentie yeres Babylonians shulde be destroyed 14 The destruction of all natiōs is 〈◊〉 1 THe worde that came to Ieremiáh concer ning all the people of Iudáh in the fourth yere of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudáh that was in the first yere of Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél 2 The which Ieremiáh the Prophet spake vn to all the people of 〈◊〉 and to all the inha bitants of Ierusalém saying 3 From the thirtenth yere of Iosiáh the sonne of Ammón King of Iudáh euen vnto this daie that is the thre and twentieth yere the worde of the Lord hathe come vnto me and I haue spokē vnto you rising early and spea king but ye wolde not heare 4 And the Lord hathe sent vnto you all his ser uants the Prophetes rising early and sending them but ye wolde not heare nor encline your eares to obeie 5 Thei said Turne againe now euerie one from his euil waie and from the wickednes of your inuencions and ye shal dwell in the land that the Lordhathe giuen vnto you and to your fathers for euer and euer 6 And go not after other gods to serue them and to worship thē and prouoke me not to angre with the workes of your hands and I wil not punish you 7 Neuertheles ye wolde not heare me saith the Lord but haue prouoked me to angre with the workes of your hāds to your owne hurt 8 Therefore thus saith the Lord of hostes Because ye haue not heard my wordes 9 Beholde I wil send and take to me all the families of the North saith the Lord and Ne buchad-nezzár the King of Babél my seruāt and wil bring them against this land and against the inhabitants thereof and against all these nations rounde about and wil destroye them and make them an astonishment and an hissing and a continual desolation 10 * Moreouer I wil take from them the voice of mirth and the voice of gladnes the voice of the bridegrome and the voice of the bride the noise of the millestones and the light of the candle 11 And this whole land shal be desolate and an astomishment and these nations shal serue the King of Babél seuenty yeres 12 And when the seuentie yeres are accomplished I wil visite the King of Babél and that nacion saith the Lord for their iniqui ties euen the land of the Caldeans and wil make it a perpetual desolation 13 And I wil bring vpon that land all my wordes which I haue pronoūced against it euē all that is writē in this boke which leremiáh hathe prophecied against all nations 14 For many nacions and great Kings shal euen serue them selues of them thus wil I recompence them according to their dedes and according to the workes of their owne hands 15 For thus hathe the Lord God of Israél spoken vnto me Take the cup of wine of this mine indignacion at mine hand and cause all the nacions to whome I send thee to drinke it 16 And they shal drinke and be moued and be madde because of the sworde that I wil send among them 17 Then tokel the cuppe at the Lords hand and made all people to drinke vnto whome the Lord had sent me 18 Euen Ierusalém and the cities of Iudáh the Kings thereof and the princes thereof to make them desolate an astonishment an hising and a cursse as appeareth this day 19 Pharaóh also Kings of Egypt and his seruantes and his princes and all his people 20 And all sortes of people and all the Kings of the land of Vz and
to restore the vessels of the Lords House and all that is caryed captiue from Babél into this place 7 But heare thou now this worde that I will speake in thine eares and in the 〈◊〉 of all the people 8 The Prophetes that haue bene before me and before thee in time past prophecied against manie countreis and against great kingdomes of warre and of 〈◊〉 and of pestilence 9 And the Prophet which prophecieth of peace when the worde of the Prophet shal come to passe then shall the Prophet be knowē that the Lord 〈◊〉 truely sent him 10 Thē Hananiáh the Prophet toke the yoke from the Prophet Ieremiahs necke and brake it 11 And Hananiah spake in the presēce of all the people saying Thus saith the Lord Euen so will I breake the yoke of Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél frō the necke of all nations within the space of two yeres the Prophet Ieremiáh went his way 12 ¶ Then the worde of the Lord came vnto Ieremiáh the Prophet after that Hananiáh the Prophet had brokē the yoke from the necke of the Prophet Ieremiáh saying 13 Go and tel Hananiáh saying Thus saith the Lord Thou hast broken the yokes of wood but thou shalt make for them yokes of yron 14 For thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél I haue put a yoke of yron vpon the necke of all these natiōs that thei may serue Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél for thei shall serue him and I haue giuen hym the beasts of the field also 15 Then said the Prophet Ieremiáh vnto the Prophet Hananiáh Heare now Hananiáh the Lord hathe not sent thee but thou makest this people to trust in a lye 16 Therefore thus saith the Lord Beholde I will cast thee from of the earth this yere thou shalt dye because thou hast spoken rebelliously against the Lord. 17 So Hananiáh the Prophet dyed the same yere in the seuenth moneth CHAP. XXIX 1 Ieremiáh 〈◊〉 vnto them that were in captiuitie in 〈◊〉 10 He prophecieth their returne after seuentie yeres 16 He prophecieth the destruction of the King of the people that remaine in Ierusalém 21 He 〈◊〉 areneth the Prophetes that seduce the people 25 The death of Semeiah is prophecied 1 NOw these are the wordes of the boke that Ieremiáh the Prophet sent from Ierusalém vnto the residue of the Elders which were caryed away captiues to the Priests and to the Prophetes and to all the people whome Nebuchad-nezzár had caryed away captiue from Ierusalém to Babél 2 After that Ieconiáh the King and the b Quene and the eunuches the * princes of Iudáh and of Ierusalém and the worke men and cunning men were departed from Ierusalém 3 By the hand of Elasáh the sonne of Shaphā and Gemariáh the sonne of Hilkiáh whome Zedekiáh King of Iudáh sent vnto Babél to Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél saying 4 Thus hathe the Lord of hostes the GOD of Israél spoken vnto all that are caryed awaye captiues whome I haue caused to be caryed awaye captiues from Ierusalém vnto Babél 5 Buylde you houses to dwell in and plant you gardens and eat the frutes of them 6 Take you wiues and beget sonnes and daughters take wiues for your sonnes giue your daughters to housbands that they may beare sonnes and daughters that ye may be increased there and not diminished 7 And seke the prosperitie of the citie whether I haue caused you to be caryed awaye captiues and praye vnto the Lord for it for in the peace thereof shall you haue peace 8 ¶ For thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Let not your prophetes and your so the sayers that be amōg you deceiue you ne ther giue eare to your dreames which you dreame 9 For they prophecie you alye in my Name I haue not sent them saith the Lord. 10 But thus saith the Lord That after seuentie yeres be accomplished at Babél I wil visit you and performe my good promes toward you and cause you to returne to this place 11 For knowe the thoghts that I haue thoght towardes you saith the Lord euē the thoghts of peace and not of trouble to giue you an end and your hope 12 Then shal you crye vnto me and ye shal go and pray vnto me and I wil heare you 13 And ye shal seke me and finde me becau se ye shal seke me with all your heart 14 And I wil be founde of you saith the Lord and I wil turne away your captiuitie and I wil gather you from all the nations and frō all the places whether I haue cast you faith the Lord and wil bring you againe vnto the place whence I caused you to be caryed away captiue 15 ¶ Because ye haue said The Lord hathe raised vs vp Prophetes in Babél 16 Therefore thus saieth the Lord of the King that sitteth vpon the throne of Dauid and of all the people that dwell in this citie your brethren that are not gone for the with you into captiuitie 17 Euen thus saith the Lord of hostes Beholde I wil send vpon them the sworde the famine and the pestilence wil make them like vile figges that can not be eatē they are so noghtie 18 And I wil persecute them with the sworde with the famine with the pestilence I wil make them a terror to all kingdomes of the earth a cursse and astonishmēt and an hissing and a reproche among 〈◊〉 the nations whether I haue cast them 19 Because they haue not heard my wordes saith the Lord which I sent vnto them by my seruāts the Prophetes rising vp earely sending them but ye wolde not hea re saith the Lord. 20 ¶ Heare ye therefore the worde of the Lord all ye of the captiuitie whome I haue sent from Ierusalém to Babél 21 Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél of Aháb the sonne of Kolaiah and of Zedekiah the sonne of Maaseiah which prophecie lies vnto you in my Name Beholde I wil deliuer them into the hand of Nebuchad-nezzar King of Babél he shal slaye them before your eyes 22 And all they of the captiuitie of Iudah that are in Babél shal take vp this cursse againste them say The Lord make thee like Zedekiah and like Ahab whome the King of Babél burnt in the fyre 23 Because they haue committed vilenie in Israél and haue committed adulterie with their neighbours wiues and haue spoken lying wordes in my Name which I haue not commanded them euen I knowe it testifie it saith the Lord. 24 ¶ Thou shalt also speake to Shemaiáh the Nehelamite saying 25 Thus speaketh the Lord of hostes the God of Israél saying Because thou hast sent letters in thy name vnto all the people that are at Ierusalém to Zephaniáh the sonne of Maaseiáh the Priest to all the Priests saying 26 The Lord hathe made thee
Priest for Iehoiadá the Priest that ye shuld be officers in the House of the Lord for euery mā that raueth and maketh him self a Prophet to put him in prison and in the stockes 27 Now therefore why hast not thou reproued Ieremiáh of Anathóth which prophecieth vnto you 28 For for this cause he sent vnto vs in Babél saying This captiuitie is long buyld hou ses to dwell in and plant gardens and eat the frutes of them 29 And Zephaniáh the Priest red this lettre in the eares of Ieremiáh the Prophet 30 Then came the word of the Lord vnto Ieremiáh saying 31 Send to all them of the captiuitie saying Thus saith the Lord of Shemaiáh the Nehelamite Because that Shemaiáh hath pro phecied vnto you and I sent him not and he caused you to trust in a lye 32 Therefore thus saith the Lord Beholde I wil visite Shemaiáh the Nehelamite hys sede he shal not haue a man to dwel amōg this people nether shall he beholde the good that I wil do for my people saith the Lord because he hath spoken rebelliously against the Lord. CHAP. XXX 1 The returne of the people from Babylon 16 He menaceth the enemies 18 And comforteth the Church 1 THe worde that came to Ieremiáh from the Lord saying 2 Thus speaketh the Lord GOD of Israél saying Write thee all the wordes that I haue spoken vnto thee in a boke 3 For lo the daies come saith the Lord that I wil bring againe the captiuitie of my peo ple Israél and Iudáh saith the Lord. for I wil restore them vnto the land that I gaue to their fathers and they shal possesse it 4 Againe these are the wordes that the Lord spake concerning Israél and concerning Iudáh 5 For thus saith the Lord We haue heard a terrible voyce of feare and not of peace 6 Demande now and beholde if man trauail with childe wherefore do I beholde euery man with his hands on his loines as a woman in trauail and all faces are turned into a palenes 7 Alas for this day is 〈◊〉 none hath bene like it is euen the 〈◊〉 of Iaakobs trouble yet shal he be deliuered from it 8 For in that day saith the Lord of hostes I wil breake his yoke from of thy necke and breake thy bondes and strangers shal no more serue them selues of him 9 But they shal serue the Lord their God Dauid their King whome I wil rise vp vn to them 10 Therefore feare not ô my seruant Iaakób saith the Lord nether be afraied ô Israél for lo I wil deliuer thee from a farre countrey and thy sede from the land of their ca ptiuitie and Iaakób shal turne againe shal be in rest prosperitie and none shal make him afraid 11 For I am with thee saith the Lord to saue thee thogh I vtterly destroy all the naciōs where I haue scattered thee yet wil I not vtterly destroy thee but I wil correct thee by iudgement and not vtterly cut thee of 12 For thus saith the Lord Thy bruising in curable and thy wounde is dolorous 13 There is none to iudge thy cause or to lay a plaister there are no medecines nor helpe for thee 14 All thy louers haue forgotten thee thei seke thee not for I haue striken thee with the wounde of an enemie with a sharpe chastisement for the multitude of thine ini quitie because thy sinnes were increased 15 Why cryest thou for thine affliction thy so rowe is incurable for the multitude of thine iniquities because thy sinnes were increased I haue done these thīgs vnto thee 16 Therefore all they that deuoure thee shal be deuoured and all thine enemies euery one shal go into captiuitie and they that spoyle thee shal be spoyled and all thei that robbe thee wil I giue to be robbed 17 For I wil restore helth vnto thee and I wil heale thee of thy woundes saith the Lord because they called thee The cast away saying This is Zión whome no man seketh after 18 Thus saith the Lord Beholde I wil bring againe the captiuitie of Iaakóbs tentes haue compassion on his dwelling places the citie shal be buylded vpon her owne heape and the palace shal remaine after the maner thereof 19 And out of them shal procede thankesgiuing and the voyce of them that are ioyous and I wil multiplie them and thei shalnot be fewe I wil also glorifie them they shal not be diminished 20 Their children also shal be as a fore time their congregacion shal be established before me and I wil visite all that vexe them 21 And their noble ruler shal be of them selues and their gouernour shal procede from the middes of them and I wil cause him to drawe nere and approche vnto me for who is this that directeth his heart to come vn to me saith the Lord. 22 And ye shal be my people and I wil be your God 23 Beholde the tempest of the Lord goeth forthe with wrath the whirlewinde that hangeth ouer shall light vpon the head of the wicked 24 The fierce wrath of the Lord shal not returne vntil he haue done and vntil he haue performed the intents of his heart in the latter daies ye shal vnderstand it CHAP. XXXI 1 He reheareth Gods benefites after their returne from Ba bylon 23 And the spiritual ioye of the faithfull in the Church 1 AT the same time saith the Lord wil I be the God of all the families of Israél and they shal be my people 2 Thus saith the Lord The people whiche escaped the sworde founde grace in the wildernes he walked before Israél to cause him to rest 3 The Lord hath appeared vnto me of olde say they Yea I haue loued thee with an 〈◊〉 lasting loue therefore with mercie I haue drawen thee 4 Againe I will buylde thee and thou shalt be buylded ô virgine Israél thou shalt stil be adorned with thy tymbrels and shalt go forth in the dance of thē that be ioyful 5 Thou shalt yet plāt vines vpō the mountaines of Samaria and the planters that plant them shal make them commune 6 For the daies shal come that the watchemen vpō the mount of Ephráim shal crye Arise and let vs go vp vnto Ziōn to the Lord our God 7 For thus saith the Lord Reioyce with gladnes for Iaakób and shoute for ioye among the chief of the Gentiles publishe praise and say O Lord saue thy people the remnant of Israél 8 Beholde I will bring them from the North countrey and gather thē from the coastes of the worlde with the blinde the lame amōg them with the woman with child and her that is deliuered also a great companie shal returne hether 9 Thei shal come weping and with mercie will I bring them againe I will leade them by the riuers of
bring vpon them and vpon the inhabitans of Ierusalem and vpon the men of Iudah all the euil that I haue pronounced against them but they wolde not heare 32 Then toke Ieremiah another roole and ga ue it Baruch the scribe the sonne of Neriah which wrote therein at the mouth of Ieremiah all the wordes of the boke which Iehoiakim King of Iudah had burnt in the fyre and there were added besides them many like wordes CHAP. XXXVII Zedekiáh succeded Ieconiáh 3 He sendeth vnto Ieremiah to praye for him 12 Ieremiah going into the land of Bēn iamin is taken 15 He is beaten and put in prison 1 ANd * King Zedekiah the sonne of Iosiah reigned for Coniah the sonne of Iehoiakim whome Nabuchad-nezzar King of Babél made King in the land of Iudáh 2 But nether he nor his seruants nor the people of the land wolde obey the wordes of the Lord which spake by the ministerie of the Prophet Ieremiáh 3 And Zedekiáh the King sent Iehucál the the sonne of Shelemiáh and Zephaniáh the sonne of Maasciáh the Priest to the Pro phet Ieremiáh saying Pray now vnto the Lord our God for vs. 4 Now Ieremiáh went in and out among the people for they had not put him into the prison 5 Then Phara ohs hoste was come out of Egypt and when the Caldeans that besieged Ierusalém heard tidings of them thei departed from Ierusalém 6 Then came the worde of the lord vnto the Prophet Ieremiáh saying 7 Thus saith the Lord God of Israél Thus shal ye say to the King of Iudáh that sēt you vnto me to inquire of me Beholde Pharaohs hoste which is come forthe to helpe you shal returne to Egypt into their owne land 8 And the Caldeans shal come againe and fight against this citie and take it and bur ne it with fyre 9 Thus saith the Lord Deceiue not your selues saying The Caldeans shal surely de parte from vs for thei shal not departe 10 For thogh ye had smiten the whole hoste of the Caldeans that fight against you there remained but wonded men among them yet shulde euery man rise vp in his tent and burne this citie with fyre 11 ¶ When the hoste of the Caldeans was bro ken vp from Ierusalém because of Pharaohs armie 12 Then Ieremiáh went out of Ierusalém to go into the land of Beniamin separating him self thence from among the people 13 And when he was in the gate of Beniamin there was a chief officer whose name was Iriiáh the sonne of Shelemià h the sonne of Hananiáh and he toke Ieremiáh the Prophet saying Thou fleest to the Caldeans 14 Then said Ieremiáh That is false I flee not to the Caldeans but he wolde not heare him so Iriiáh toke Ieremiáh and broght him to the princes 15 Wherefore the princes were angry with 〈◊〉 and smote him and laid him in prison in the house of Iehonathán the scribe for they had made that the prison 16 When Ieremiah was entred into the dongeon and into the prisons and had remained there a long time 17 Then Zedekiáh the King send and toke him out and the King asked him secretly in his house and said Is there any worde from the Lord And Ieremiáh said Yea for said he thou shalt be deliuered into the hand of the King of Babél 18 Moreouer Ieremiáh said vnto King Zedekiáh What haue I offended against thee or against thy seruants or against this 〈◊〉 ple that ye haue put me in prison 19 * Where are now your Prophetes which prophecied vnto you saying The King of Babél shal not come agaīst you nor against this land 20 Therefore heare now I pray thee ô my lord the King let my prayer be accepted before thee that thou cause me not to returne to the house of Iehonathán the scribe lest I dye there 21 Then Zedekiáh the King commanded that they shulde put Ieremiáh in the court of the prison and that they shulde giue him daiely a piece of bread out of the bakers strete vntil all the bread in the citie were eaten vp Thus Ieremiáh remained in the court of the prison CHAP. XXXVIII 1 By the mencion of the rulers Ieremiah is put into a 〈◊〉 14 At the request of Ebed-meléch the King cōmā deth Ieremiah to be broght forthe of the dongcon 17. Ieremiah sheweth the King how he might escape death 1 THen Shephatiah the sonne of Mattán and Gedaliah the sonne of Pashúr and Iucal the sonne of Shelemiáh and Pashhúr the sonne of Malchiáh 〈◊〉 the wor des that Ieremiáh had spoken vnto all the people saying 2 Thus saith the Lord He that remaineth in this citie shal dye by the sworde by the famine by the pestilence but he that goeth for the to the Caldeans shal liue for he shal haue his life for a pray and shal liue 3 Thus saith the Lord This citie shal surely be giuen into the hand of the King of 〈◊〉 armie which shal take it 4 Therefore the princes said vnto the King We beseche you let this man be put to death for thus he weakeneth the hands of the men of warre that remaine in this citie and the hands of all the people in speaking suche wordes vnto them for this man seketh not the wealth of this people but the hurt 5 Then Zedekiah the King said Beholde he is in your hands for the King can denie you nothing 6 Then toke they Ieremiáh and cast him in to the dongeon of Malchiáh the sonne of Hammélech that was in the court of the prison and they let downe Ieremiah with coards and in the dongeon there was no water but myre so Ieremiah stacke fast in the myre 7 Now when Ebed-mélech the blacke Mo re one of the Eunuches which was in the Kings house heard that they had put Iere miah in the dongeon then the King sate in the gate of Beniamin 8 And 〈◊〉 went out of the Kings house and spake to the King saying 9 My lord the King these men haue done euil in all that they haue done to Ieremiáh the Prophet whome they haue castīto the dangeon and he dyeth for hunger in the place where he is for there is no more bread in the citie 10 Then the King commanded Ebed-melech the blacke More saying Take from hence thirtie men with thee and take Ieremiáh the Prophet out of the dongeon before he dye 11 So Ebed-mélech toke the men with him ād 〈◊〉 to the house of the King vnder the trea surie and toke there olde rotten ragges 〈◊〉 olde worne cloutes and let them downe by coardes into the dongeon to Ieremiáh 12 And Ebed-mélech the blacke More said vn to Ieremiáh Put now these olde rotten ragges and worne vnder thine arme holes betwene the coardes 13 So they drewe vp Ieremiáh with coardes and toke him vp out of the dongeon ād Iere miáh remained in
remnant of Iudáh that are gone into the land of Egypt to dwell there shal knowe whose wordes shall stand mine or theirs 29 And this shal be a signe vnto you saith the Lord when I visite you in this place that ye maie know that my wordes shall surely stand against you for euil 30 Thus saith the Lord Beholde I will giue Pharaóh Hophrá Kyng of Egypt into the hand of his enemies and into the hand of them that seke hys life as I gaue Zedekiáh King of Iudáh into the hand of Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél his enemie who also soght his life CHAP. XLV 2 Ieremiah comforteth Baruch assuring him that he shuld not perish in the destruction of Ierusalém 1 THe worde that Ieremiáh the Prophet spa ke vnto Baruch the sonne of Neriáh when he had writen these words in a boke at the mouth of Ieremiáh in the fourth yere of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh Kynge of Iudáh saying 2 Thus saith the Lord God of Israél vnto thee ô Baruch 3 Thou did est saye Wo is me nowe for the Lord hathe layed sorowe vnto my sorowe I sainted in my mournyng and I can finde no rest 4 Thus shalt thou say vnto hym The Lorde saith thus Beholde that which I haue buylt will I destroye and that which I haue planted wil I plucke vp euen this whole land 5 And sekest thou great things for thy selfe seke them not for beholde I wil bring a pla gue vpon all flesh saith the Lord but thy life wil I giue thee for a pray in all places whether thou goest CHAP. XLVI 1 He proplrecieth the destruction of Egypt 27 Deliuerance is promised to Israél 1 THe wordes of the Lord which came to Ie remiáh the Prophet against the Gētiles 2 As against Egypt against the armie of Pha raóh Necho King of Egypt whiche was by the riuer Peráth in Carchemish whiche Nebuchad-nezzar Kyng of Babél smote in the fourth yere of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudáh 3 Make readie buckeler and shield and go fourth to battel 4 Make readie the horses and let the horsemē get vp and stand vp with your sallets fourblish the speares ād put on the brigandines 5 Wherefore haue I sene them afraide and driuen backe for their mightie men are smit ten and are fled away and loke not backe sor feare was round about saith the Lord. 6 The swift shal not flee away nor the strong man escape they shal stomble and fall towarde the Northe by the riuer Perath 7 Who is this that commeth vp as a floode whose waters are moued like the riuers 8 Egypt riseth vp lyke the flood and hys waters are moued lyke the riuers and he sayth I will go vp and will couer the earth I wil destroye the citie with them that dwell therein 9 Come vp ye horses and rage yecharets and let the valiant men come forthe the black Mores ād the Lybians that beare the shield and the Lydians that handle and bend the bowe 10 For this is the day of the Lorde God of hostes and a day of vengeance that he maye aduenge him of hys ennemies for the sword shal deuoure and it shal be satiat and made drunke with their blood for the Lord God of hostes hathe a sacrifice in the North countrey by the riuer Peráth 11 Go vp vnto Gileád and take balme ô virgine the daughter of Egypt in vaine shalt thou vse many medicines for thou shalt haue no health 22 The nations haue heard of thy shame and thy crye hathe filled the land for the strong hathe stombled against the strong and thei are fallen bothe together 13 ¶ The worde that the Lorde spake to Ieremiáh the Prophet howe Nebuchad-nezzár Kyng of Babélshulde come and smite the land of Egypt 14 Publish in Egypt and declare in Migdol ād proclaime in Noph and in Tahpanhés and say Stād stil and prepare thee for the sword shal deuoure rounde about thee 15 Why are they valiāt mē put backe they cold not stand because the Lord did driue them 16 He made many to fall and one fell vpon an other and they said Arise let vs go againe to our owne people and to the land of our natiuitie from the sworde of the violent 17 They did crye there Pharaôh King of Egypt and of a great multitude hathe passed the time appointed 18 As I liue saith the King whose Name is the LORD of hostes surely as Tabór is in the mountaines and as Carmél is in the sea so shal it come 19 O thou daughter dwelling in Egypt make thee geare to go into captiuitie for Noph shal be waste and desolate without an inhabitant 20 Egygt is like a faire calfe but destructiō cometh out of the North it cometh 21 Also her hired men are in the middes of her like fat calues they are also turned backe fled a way together thei colde not stād because the day of the destruction was come vpon them the time of their visitacion 22 The voy ce thereof shal go forthe like a ser pent for they shal marche with an armie come againste her with axes as he wers of wood 23 They shal cut downe her forest saith the Lord for they can not be counted because they are more then the greshoppers and are in numerable 24 The daughter of Egypt shal be confounded she shal be deliuered into the hands of the people of the North. 25 ¶ Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Beholde I wil visite the cōmune people of No and Pharaōh Egypt with their gods and their Kings euen Pharaōh and all them that trust in him 26 And I wil deliuer them into the hands of those that seke their liues and into the hand of Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél and into the hands of his seruantes and afterward she shall dwell as in the olde time saith the Lord. 27 ¶ But feare not thou ô my seruant Iaakób be not thou afraied ô Israél for beholde I wil deliuer thee from a farre countrey thy sede from the land of their captiuitie Iaakôb shal returne and be in rest and prosperitie and none shal make him afraid 28 Feare thou not ô Iaak ób my seruant saith the Lord for I am with thee and I wil vtterly destroy all the nations whether I haue dri uen thee but I wil not vtterly destroy thee but correct thee by iudgement and not vtterly cut thee of CHAP. XLVII The worde of the Lord against the Philistims 1 THe wordes of the Lord that came to Iere miáh the Prophet against the Philistims before that Pharaóh smote Azzáh 2 Thus saith the Lord Beholde waters rise vp out of the North and shal be as a swelling flood and shal ouer flowe the land all that is therein and the cities with thē
thou shalt say vnto thē Thus saith the Lord God 5 But surely they wil not heare nether in dede wil they cease for they are a rebellious house yet shal they knowe that the re hathe bene a Prophet among them 6 And thou sonne of man feare them not nether be afrayed of their wordes althogh rebelles and thornes be with thee thou remainest with scorpions feare not their wordes nor be afraide at their lokes for they are a rebellious house 7 Therefore thou shalt speake my wordes vnto them but surely they wil not heare nether wil they in dede cease for thei are rebellious 8 But thou sonne of man heare what I say vnto thee be not thou rebellious like this rebellious house opē thy mouth and eat that I giue thee 9 And when I loked vp behold an hand was sent vnto me and lo arolle of a boke was therein 10 And he spred it before me 〈◊〉 it was written within and whithout and there was written therein Lamentacions and mourning and wo. CHAP. III. 1 The prophet being fed with the worde of God and with the 〈◊〉 boldnes of the Spirit is sent vnto the people that were in captiuitie 17 The office of true ministers 1 MOreouer he said vnto me Sonne of man eat that thou findest eat this rolle and go and speake vnto the house of Israél 2 So I opened my mouth and he gaue me this roole to eat 3 And he said vnto me Sonne of man cause thy belly to eat and fil thy bowels with this roole that I giue thee Then did I eat it it was in my mouth as swete as honie 4 And he said vnto me Sonne of man go entre into the house of Israél and declare them my wordes 5 Fot thou art not sent to a people of an vnknowen tongue or of an hard langua ge but to the house of Israél 6 Not to manie people of an vnknowen ton gue or of an hard language whose wordes thou canst not vnderstand yet if I shulde send thee to them they wolde obey thee 7 But the house of Israél wis not obey thee for they 〈◊〉 not obey me yea all the house of Israél are impudent and stif hearted 8 Beholde I haue made thy face strong against their faces and thy forehead hard against their foreheads 9 I haue made thy forehead as the adamant and harder then the flint feare them not therefore nether be afraid at their lokes for they are a rebellious house 10 He said more ouer vnto me Sonne of man receiue in thine heart all my wordes that I speake vnto thee and heare them with thine eares 11 And go entre to them that are led away captiues vnto the children of thy people speake vnto them and tel them Thus saith the Lord God but surely they wil not hea re nether wil thei in dede cease 12 Then the spirit toke me vp and I heard be hinde me a noyse of a great russhing sayyng Blessed be the glorie of the LORD out of his place 13 I heard also the noyse of the wings of the beasts that touched one another and the ratling of the wheles that were by them euen a noyse of a great russhing 14 So the Spirit lift me vp and toke me away and I went in bitternes and indignation of my spirit but the hand of the Lord was strong vpon me 15 Then I came to them that were led away ca ptiues to Tel-ábib that dwelt by the riuer Chebár and I sate where they sate remained there astonished among the seuen dayes 16 And at the end of seuen dayes the worde of the Lord came againe vnto me saying 17 Sonne of man I haue made thee a watcheman vnto the house of Israél therefore heare the worde at my mouth and giue thē warning from me 18 When I shal say vnto the wicked Thou shalt surely dye and thou giuest not him warning nor speaketh to 〈◊〉 the wic ked of his wicked way that he may liue the same wicked man shal dye in his iniquitie but his blood wil I require at thine hand 19 Yet if thou warne the wicked and be turne not from his wickednes nor from his wicked way he shal dye in his iniquitie but thou hast deliuered thy soule 20 Likewise if a righteous man turne from his righteousnes and commit iniquitie I wil lay a stumbling blocke before him he shal dye because thou hast not giuen him warning he shal dye in his sinne and his righteous dedes which he hathe done shal not be remembred but his blood wil I require at thine hand 21 Neuertheles if thou admonish that right teous man that the righteous sinne not that he doeth not sinne he shal liue becau se he is admonished also thou hast deliue red thy soule 22 And the hand of the LORD was there vpon me and he said vnto me Arise and go into the field I wil there talke with thee 23 So when I had risen vp and gone forthe in to the field beholde the glorie of the Lord stode thereas the glorie which I sawe by the riuer Chebár and I fel downe vpon my face 24 Thē the Spirit entred into me which set me vp vpon my fete and spake vnto me me and said to me Come and shut thy self within thine house 25 But thou ô sonne of man beholde they shal put bandes vpon thee and shal blinde thee with them thou shalt not go out among them 26 And I wil make thy tongue cleaue to the roofe of thy mouth that thou shalt bedumme and shalt not be to them as a man that rebuketh for they are a rebellious house 27 But when I shal haue spoken vnto thee I wil open thy mouth and thou shalt say vnto them Thus saith the Lord God He that heareth let him heare and he that leaueth of * let him leaue for they are a rebellious house CHAP. IIII. 1 The besieging of the citie of Ierusalém is signified 9 The long continuance of the captiuitie of Israél 16 An 〈◊〉 is prophecied to come 1 THou also sonne of man take thee a bric ke and lay it before thee and pourtray vpon it the citie euen Ierusalém 2 And lay siege against it and buylde a fort against it and cast amount against it set the campe also against it and lay engins of warre against it rounde about 3 Moreouer take an yron panne and set it for a wall of yron betwene thee and the citie and direct thy face toward it and it shal be besieged thou shalt lay siege against it this shal be a signe vnto the house of Israél 4 Slepe thou also vpon thy left side and lay the iniquitie of the house of Israél vpon it according to the nombre of the daies that thou shalt slepe vpon it thou shalt beare their iniquitie 5 For
and his armie shal ouerflowe and many shal fall and be slayne 27 And bothe these Kings hearts shal be to do mischief and they shall talke of disceite at one table but it shall not auaile for yet the end shal be at the time appointed 28 Then shal he returne into hys lande with great substance for his heart shal be against the holie 〈◊〉 so shal he do and returne to his owne land 29 At the time appointed he shal returne and come toward the South but the last shal not be as the first 30 For the shippes of Chittim shall come against him therefore he shal be sorie and returne and freat against the holie couenant so shall he do he shall euen returne and haue intelligence with them that forsake the holie couenant 31 And armes shall stand on his parte ād they shal pollute the Sanctuarie of strength and shal take away the dailie sacrifice and they shal set vp the abominable desolation 32 And suche as wickedly breake the couenāt shal he cause to sinne by flatterie but the people that do knowe their God shall preuaile and prosper 33 And they that vnderstand among the peo ple shal instruct many yet they shall fall by sworde and by flame by captiuitie and by spoile many dayes 34 Now when they shal fall they shal be holpen with a litle helpe but many shal cleaue vnto them fainedly 35 And some of them of vnderstandyng shall fall to trye them and to purge and to make them white til the time be out for there is a time appointed 36 And the King shal do what him list he shal exalte him self and magnifie him self against all that is God and shal speake marueilous things against the God of gods and shal pro sper til the wrath be accomplished for the determination is made 37 Nether shal he regarde the God of his fathers nor the desires of women nor care for any God for he shal magnifie him selfe aboue all 38 But in hys place shal he honour the God Mauzzim and the God whome hys fathers knewe not shal he honour with golde ād with siluer and with precious stones and pleasant things 39 Thus shal he do in the holdes of Mauzzim with a strange god whome he shal acknowledge he shall increase his glorie and shal cause them to rule ouer many and shall diuide the land for gaine 40 And at the ende of tyme shall the Kyng of the South push at hym and the Kyng of the North shall come agaynste hym lyke a whirle winde with charets and with horsemen and with many shippes and he shal entre into the countreis and shal ouerflow and passe through 41 He shall entre also into the pleasant land and many countreis shal be ouerthrowen but these shal escape out of his hand euen Edom and Moáh and the chief of the children of Ammon 42 He shall stretch forthe his hand also vpon the coūtreis and the land of Egypt shal not escape 43 But he shall haue power ouer the treasures of golde and of siluer and ouer all the precious thyngs of Egypt and of the Lybians and of the blacke Mores where he shall passe 44 But the tydynges out of the East and the North shall trouble him therefore he shall go forthe with great wrath to destroy and roote out many 45 And he shall plant the tabernacles of hys place betwene the seas in the glorious and holie moūtaine yet he shal come to his end and none shal helpe him CHAP. XII 1 Of the deliuerance of the Church by Christ. 1 ANd at that time shall Michaél stande vp the great prince whiche standeth for the chyldren of thy people and there shal be a time of trouble suche as neuer was since there began to be a nation vnto that same time and at that time thy people shal be deliuered euerie one that shal be founde writen in the boke 2 And many of them that slepe in the dust of the earth shall awake some to euerlastyng life and some to shame and perpetuall contempt 3 And they that be wise shall shine as the brightnes of the sirmament and they that turne many to ryghteousnes shall shine as the starres for euer and euer 4 But thou ô Daniél shut vp the wordes and seale the boke til the end of the time many shall runne to and fro and knowledge shal be increased 5 ¶ Then I Daniél loked and beholde there stode other two the one on this side of the brinke of the riuer and the other on that side of the brinke of the riuer 6 And one sayd vnto the man clothed in linnen whiche was vpon the waters of the riuer When shal be the ende of these wonders 7 And I heard the man clothed in linnen whiche was vpon the waters of the riuer when he held vp his right hand and his left hand vnto heauen and sware by him that liueth for euer that it shall tarie for a time two times and halfe and when he shal haue accō plished to scatter the power of the holie people all these things shal be finished 8 Then I heard it but I vnderstode it not then said I O my Lorde what shal be the end of these things 9 And he said Go thy way Daniél for the wordes are closed vp and sealed till the end of the time 10 Many shal be purified made white and tried but the wicked shal do wickedly and none of the wicked shal haue vnderstāding but wise shal vnderstand 11 And from the time that the dailie sacrifice shal be taken away and the abominable desolation set vp there shal be at thousande two hundreth and ninetie dayes 12 Blessed is he that waiteth and commeth to the thousand thre hundreth and fiue and thirtie dayes 13 But go thou thy waye till the end be for thou shalt rest and stand vp in thy lot at the end of the dayes HOSEA THE ARGVMENT AFter that the ten tribes had fallen away from God by the wicked and subtil counsel of Ieroboam the sonne of Nebar and in stede of his true seruice commended by his worde worshipped him according to their owne fantasies and traditions of men giuing them selues to moste vile idolatrie and superstition the Lord from time to time sent them Prophetes to call them to repentance but they grewe euer worse and worse and stil abused Gods benefites Therefore now when their prosperitie was at the highest vnder Ieroboam the sonne of Ioash God sent Hosea and Amos to the Israelites as he did at the same time Isaiah and Micah to them of Iudáh to condemne them of theiring ratitude and where as they thoght them selues to be greatly in the fauour of God and to be his people the Prophet calleth them bastards and children borne
of iudgement CHAP. III. 1 Of the messenger of the Lord Iohn Baptist and of Christs 〈◊〉 1 BEholde I wil send my messenger and he shal prepare the way before me and the Lord whome ye seke shal spedely come to his Temple euen the messenger of the couenāt whome ye desire beholde he shal come saith the Lord of hostes 2 But who may abide the day of his comming and who shal endure whē he appeareth for he is like a purging fyre and like fullers sope 3 And he shall sit downe to trye and fine the siluer he shal euen fine the sonnes of Leui and purifie them as gold and siluer that they may bring offrings vnto the Lord in righteousnes 4 Then shal the offrings of Iudáh and Ierusalém be acceptable vnto the Lord as in olde time and in the yeres afore 5 And I wil come nere to you to iudgement and I wil be a swifte witnes against the sothe sayers and against the adulterers and against false swearers and against those that wrongfully kepe backe the hirelings wages and vexe the widdowe and the fatherles and oppresse the stranger and feare not me saith the Lord of hostes 6 For I am the Lord I change not ye sonnes of Iaakób are not consumed 7 From the daies of your fathers ye are go ne away from mine ordinances and haue not kept them returne vnto me and I wil returne vnto you saith the Lord of hostes but ye said Wherein shal we returne 8 Wil a man spoyle his gods yet haue ye spoyled me but ye say Wherein haue we spoyled thee In tythes and offrings 9 Ye are cursed with a cursse for ye haue spoyled me euen this whole nacion 10 Bring ye all the tythes into the store hou se that there may be meat in mine House proue me now herewith saith the Lord of hostes if I wil not open the windowes of heauen vnto you and powre you out a blessing without measure 11 And I wil rebuke the deuourer for your sakes and he shal not destroye the frute of your grounde nether shal your vine be baren in the field saith the Lord of hostes 12 And all nacions shal call you blessed sor ye shal be a pleasant land saith the Lord of hostes 13 Your wordes haue bene stoute against me saith the Lord yet ye say What haue we spoken against thee 14 Ye haue said It is in vaine to serue God and what profite is it that we haue kept his commandemēt and that we walked humbly before the Lord of hostes 15 Therefore we counte the proude blessed euen they that worke wickednes are set vp and they that tempte God yea thei are deliuered 16 Then spake they that feared the Lord euerie one to his neighbour and the Lord hearkened and heard it and a boke of remēbrance was writen before him for them that feared the Lord that thoght vpon his Name 17 And they shal be to 〈◊〉 Lord of ho stes in that day that 〈◊〉 this for a flocke and I wil spare them as a man spa reth his owne sonne that serueth him 18 Then shal you returne and discerne betwe ne the righteous and wicked betwene him that serueth God and him that serueth him not CHAP. IIII. The day of the Lord before the which Eliáh shulde come 1 FOr beholde the day cometh that shal burne as an ouen and all the proude yea and all that do wickedly shal be stubble and the day that cometh shal burne them vp saith the Lord of hostes and shal leaue them nether roote nor branche 2 But vnto you that feare my Name shal the Sunne of righteousnes arise and health shal be vnder his wings ye shal go forthe and growe vp as fat calues 3 And ye shal treade downe the wicked for they shal be dust vnder the soles of your fete in the day that I shal do this saith the Lord of hostes 4 Remember the Lawe of Mosés my seruāt which I commanded vnto him in Horéb for all Israél with the statutes and iudgements 5 Beholde I wil send you Eliáh the Prophet before the comming of the great and fea reful day of the Lord. 6 And he shal turne the heart of the fathers to the children and the heart of the children to their fathers lest I come and smite the earth with cursing APOCRYPHA THE ARGVMENT THese bokes that follow in order after the Prophetes vnto the Newe testament are called Apocrypha that is bokes which were not receiued by a commune consent to be red and expounded publikely in the Church nether yet serued to proue any point of Christian religion saue in asmuche as they had the consent of the other Scriptures called Canonical to confirme the same or rather whereon they were grounded but as bokes proceding from godlie men were receiued to be red for the aduancement and furtherance of the knowledge of historie and for the instruction of godlie maners which bokes declare that at all times God had an especial care of his Church and left them not vtterly destitute of teachers and meanes to confirme them in the hope of the promised Messiah also witnesse that those calamites that God sent to his Church were according to his prouidence who had bothe so threatened by his Prophetes and so broght it to passe for the destruction of their enemies and for the tryal of his children I. Esdras CHAP. I. 1 Iosias appointeth Priestes and kepeth the Passeouer 〈◊〉 Offrings for the Priests and the people 11 The order of the Leuites 23 The vpright life of Iosias 25 His death the occasion thereof and the lamentation for him 34 Ioa chaz appointed King 〈◊〉 The destruction of Ierusalem 1 ANd Iosias kept the Passeouer to his lord in Ierusalem and of fred the Passe ouerin the fourtenth day of the first moneth 2 And appointed the Priests in order according to the dailie courses being clo thed with long garments in the Temple of the Lord. 3 And he spake to the Leuites the holy ministers of Israél that they shulde sanctifie them selues to the Lord to set the holy Arke of the Lord in the House which Salo mon the sonne of King Dauid had buylt 4 And said Ye shal nomore beare the Arke vpon your shulders now therefore serue the Lord your God and take the charge of his people of Israél and prepare according to your families and tribes 5 After the writing of Dauid King of Israél and according to the maiestie of Salomôn his sonne and stand in the Temple according to the ordre of the dignitie of your fa ther 's the Leuites which were appointed before your brethren the children of Israél 6 Offer in ordre the Passeouer and make readie the sacrifices for your brethren and kepe the Passe ouer after the Lords commā dement giuen to moyses 7 And
things be performed which thou shalt beginne to write 26 And then shalt thou declare some things openly vnto the perfite men some things shalt thou shewe secretly vnto the wise to morowe this houre shalt thou beginne to write 27 Then went I for the as he commāded me and gathered all the people together and said 28 Heare these wordes ô Israel 29 * Our father 's at the beginning were strāgers in Egypt from whence they were deliuered 30 And receiued the Law of life * which they kept not which ye also haue transgressed after them 31 Then was the land euen the lande of Sion parted among you by lot but your fathers and ye also haue done vnrighteously and haue not kept the wayes which the moste High commanded you 32 And for so muche as he is a righteous Iudge he toke from you in time the thing that he had giuen you 33 And now are ye here and your brethren among you 34 Therefore if so be that ye wil subdue your owne vnderstanding and reforme your heart ye shal be kept aliue and after death shal ye obteine mercie 35 For after death shal the iudgement come when we shal liue againe and then shal the names of the righteous be manifest the workes of the vngodlie shal be declared 36 Let no man therefore come now vnto me nor seke me these fortie daies 37 So I toke the fiue men as he commanded me and we went into the fielde and remayned there 38 The next daye beholde a voice called me saying Esdras * opē thy mouth drinke that I giue thee to drinke 39 Then opened I my mouth and behold he reached me a full cuppe which was full as it were with water but the colour of it was like fyre 40 And I toke it and dranke and when I had dronke it mine hearte had vnderstanding and wisdome grewe in my brest for my spirit was strengthened in memorie 41 And my mouth was opened and shut no more 42 The moste High gaue vnderstanding vnto the fiue men that they wrote the hie things of the night which they vnderstode not 43 But in the night they did eat bread but 〈◊〉 spake by day and helde not my tongue by night 44 In fortie daies they wrote two hundreth and foure bokes 45 And when the fortie dayes were fulfilled the moste High spake saying The first that thou hast writen publish openlye that the worthie and vnworthie may read it 46 But kepe the seuentie last that thou maiest gyue them to the wise amonge thy people 47 Forin them is the veine of vnderstanding and the fountaine of wisdome and the riuer of knowledge and I did so CHAP. XV. 1 The prophecie of Esdras is certeine 5 The euils that shal come on the worlde 9 The Lord wil aduenge the innocent blood 12 Egypt shal lament 16 Sedicion 20 And punishment vpon the Kings of the earth 24 Cursed are they that sinne 29 Troubles and warres vpon the 〈◊〉 earth 53 God is the reuenger of his elect 1 BEholde speake thou in the eares of my people the wordes of prophecie which I wil put in thy mouth saith the Lord 2 And cause them to be writen in a lettre for they are faithful and true 3 Feare not the imaginacions against thee let not the vnfaithfulnes of the speakers trouble thee that spake against thee 4 For euerye vnfaithfull shall dye in his vnfaithfulnes 5 Behold saith the Lord I wil bring plagues vpon all the worlde the sworde famine death and destruction 6 Because that iniquitie hathe fully polluted all the earth and their wicked workes are fulfilled 7 Therefore saith the Lord I will holde my tongue no more for their wickednes they do vngodlie nether wil I suffer them in the things that they do wickedly 8 Beholde * the innocent and righteous blood cryeth vnto me the soules of the iust crye continually 9 I wil surelye auenge them saith the Lord and receiue vnto me all the innocēt blood from among them 10 Beholde my people is led as a flocke to the slaughter I will not suffer them now to dwell in the land of Egypt 11 But I will bring them out with a mightie hand and a stretched out arme smite it with plagues as afore and will destroie all the land thereof 12 Egypt shall mourne and the fundacions thereof shal be smitten with the plague and punishment that GOD shall bring vpon it 13 The plo wemen that till the grounde shal mourne for their sedes shall faile thorowe the blasting and haile and by an horrible starre 14 Wo to the worlde and to them that dwel therein 15 For the sworde and their destructiō draweth nere and one people shall stand vp to fight against another with swordes in their hands 16 For there shal be sedicion among men and one shal inuade another they shal not regarde their King the princes shal measure their doings by their power 17 Amāshal desire to go into a citie and shal not be able 18 Because of their pride the cities shal be troubled the houses shal be afraied men shal feare 19 A man shal haue no pitie vpon his neighbour but shal destroye their houses with the sworde and their goods shal be spoyled for lacke of bread and because of great trouble 20 Beholde saith God I call together all the Kings of the earth to reuerence me which are from the East and from the South from the East and from Libanus to turne vpon them and to repay the things that they haue done to them 21 As they do yet this day vnto my chosen so wil I do also and recompense them in their bosome thus saith the Lord God 22 My right hand shal not spare the sinners nether shal the sworde cease from them that shed in nocent blood vpon earth 23 The fyre is gone out from his wrath and hathe consumed the fundacions of the earth and the sinners like the strawe that is kindled 24 Wo to them that sinne and kepe not my commandements saith the Lord. 25 I wil not spare them departe ô children from the power defile not my Sanctuarie 26 For the Lord knoweth all them that sinne against him and therefore deliuereth he them vnto death and destruction 27 For now are the plagues come vpon the worlde and ye shal remaine in thē for God wil not deliuer you because ye haue sinned against him 28 Beholde an horrible vision cometh from the East 29 Where generacions of dragons of Arabia shal come out with manie charets and the multitude of them shal be caryed as the winde vpon the earth that all they which heare them may feare and tremble 30 Euen the Carmanians raging in wrath shal go for the as the bores of the forest and shal come with great power and stand against them in battel and shal destroye a porcion of the land of the Assyrians 31 But after this shal the dragons haue the vpper hand and
againe anie more but when thou shalt come to her 〈◊〉 vp bothe of you and praye to God whiche is 〈◊〉 who wil haue pitie on you saue you feare not for she is appointed vnto thee from the beginning and thou shalt kepe her and she shall go with thee moreouer I suppose that she shal be are thee chil dren now when Tobias had heard these things he loued her and his heart was effe ctually ioyned to her CHAP. VII Tobias maryeth Sarra Raguels daughter 1 ANd when they were come to Ecbatane they came to the house of Raguel and Sarra met them and after they had saluted one another she broght them into the house 2 Then said Raguel to Edna his wife How like is this yong man to Tobit my cousin 3 And Raguel asked Whence are you my brethren To whome thei said that thei were of the tribe of Nephthalim and of the captiues that dwelt at Nineue 4 Then he said to them Do ye knowe Tobit our kinseman And they said We knowe him Then said he Is he in good health 5 And they said He is bothe aliue and in good health and Tobias said He is my father 6 Then Raguel leaped and kissed him and wept 7 And blessed him and said vnto him Thou art the sonne of a good and honest mā but when he had heard that Tobit was blinde he was sorowful and wept 8 And like wise Edna his wife and Sarra hys daughter wept Moreouer they receyued them with a readie minde after that they had killed a ram of the flocke thei set much meat on the table Then said Tobias to Raphael Brother Azarias put for the those things whereof thou spakest in the waye that this busines may be dispatched 9 So he communicated the matter with Raguel and Raguel said to Tobias Eate and drinke and make merry 10 For it is mete that thou shuldest marie my daughter neuertheles I will declare vnto thee the trueth 11 I haue gyuen my daughter in mariage to seuen men who dyed that nyght whiche they came in vnto her neuertheles be thou of a good courage and merry But Tobias said I will eat nothing here vntill ye bring her hether and betrothe her to me 12 Raguel said then Marie her then according to the custome for thou arte her cousin and she is thine God which is merciful make this prosperous to you in all good things 13 Then he called his daughter Sarra and she came to her father and he toke her by the hand and gaue her for wife to Tobias saying Beholde take her after the * Lawe of Moyses and lead her awaye to thy father and he blessed them 14 And called his wife Edna and he toke a boke and wrote a contract and sealed it 15 Then they began to eate 16 After Raguel called his wife Edna and said vnto her Sister prepare another chāber and bring her in thether 17 Which when she had done as he had biddē her she broght her thether then Sarra wept her mother wiped away her daugh ters teares 18 And said vnto her Be of good comfort my daughter the Lord of heauen and earthe giue thee ioye forthys thy sorrowe be of good comfort my daughter CHAP. VIII Tobias driueth away the euil spirit 4 He prayeth to GOD with his wife 11 Raguel prepareth a graue for his sonne in law 16 Raguel blesseth the Lord. 1 ANd when they had supped thei broght Tobias in vnto her 2 And as he went he remembred the wordes of Raphael and toke coles for perfumes and put the heart liuer of the fish thereupon and made a perfume 3 The which smel when the euill Spirit had smelled he fled into the vtmost partes of Egypt whome the Angel bounde 4 And after that they were bothe shut in Tobias rose out of the bed and said Sister arise and let vs pray that God wolde haue pitie on vs. 5 Then began Tobias to say Blessed arte thou ô God of our fathers and blessed is thine holie and glorious Name for euer let the heauens blesse thee and all thy creatures 6 Thou madest Adam and gauest him * Eua his wife for an helpe and stay of them came mankinde thou hast said It is not good that a man shulde be alone let vs make vnto him an aide like vnto himself 7 And now ô Lord I take not this my sister for fornicacion but vprightlye therefore grante me mercie that we may become aged together 8 And she said with him Amen 9 So they slept bothe that night Raguel arose and went and made a graue 10 Saying Is not he dead also 11 But when Raguel was come into hys house 12 He said to his wife Edna Send one of the maydes and let themse whether he be aliue if not that I maye burye him and none knowe it 13 So the maid opened the dore and wēt in and founde them bothe aslepe 14 And came for the and tolde them that he was a liue 15 Then Raguel praised God and said ô God thou art worthie to be praised with all pure and holie praise therefore let thy Saintes praise thee with all thy creatures and let all thine Angels and thine elect praise thee for euer 16 Thou art to be praised ô Lord for thou hast made me ioyfull that is not come to me which I suspected but thou hast delt with vs according to great mercie 17 Thou arte to be praysed because thou hast had mercie of two that were the onelye begotten children of their fathers grante them mercie ô Lord and finish their life in health with ioye and mercie 28 Then Raguel bade his seruants to fill the graue 19 And he kept the wedding feast fourtene daies 20 For Raguel had said vnto him by an othe that he shulde not departe before that the fourtene daies of the mariage were expired 21 And then he shulde take the halfe of hys goods and returne in safetie to his father and shulde haue the rest when he and hys wife were dead CHAP. IX Raphaelleadeth Gabael to Tobias mariage 1 THen Tobias called Raphael and said vnto him 2 Brother Azarias take with thee a seruant and two camels go to Rages of the Medes to Gabael and bring me the money bring him to the wedding 3 For Raguel hathe sworne that I shall not departe 4 But my father 〈◊〉 the daies and if I tary long he wil be verie sory 5 So Raphael went out and came to Gabael gaue him the hand writing who broght for the bagges whiche were sealed vp and gaue them to him 6 And in the mornyng they went forthe bothe together and came to the wedding And Tobias begate his wife with childe CHAP. X. 1 Tobit and his wife thinke long for their sonne 10 Raguel sendeth away Tobias and Sarra 1 NOw Tobit his father counted euerye day and when the daies of the iournay were expired and they came
they feared 17 But he said vnto thē Feare not for it shall go wel with you praise God therefore 18 For I came not of mine owne pleasure but by the good wil of your God wherefore praise him in all ages 19 * All these dayes I did appeare vnto you but I did nether eat nor drinke but you sawe it in vision 20 Now therefore giue God thankes for I go vp to him that sent me but write all things which are done in a boke 21 And when they rose they sawe him no more 22 Then they confessed the greate and wonderful workes of God and how the Angell of the Lord had appeared to them CHAP. XIII A thankes giuing of Tobit who exhorteth all to praise the Lord. 1 THen Tobit wrote a prayer of reioycing and said Blessed be God that liueth for euer and blessed be his kingdome 2 * For he doeth scourge and hathe pitie he leadeth to hel and bringeth vp nether is there anie that can auoide his hand 3 Confesse him before the Gentiles ye children of Israél for he hathe scattred you among them 4 There declare his greatnes and extoll him before all the liuing for he is our Lord and our God and our father for euer 5 He hathe scourged vs for our iniquities and wil haue mercie againe will gather vs out of all nacions among whome we are scattred 6 If you turne to hym with your whole heart and with your whole minde deale vprightly before him then wil he turne vn to you and wil not hide his face from you but ye shal se what he wil do with you therfore confesse him with your whole mouth and praise the Lord of righteousnes extoll the euerlasting King I wil confesse him in the land of my captiuitie and wil decla re his power and greatnes to a sinful nacion O ye sinners turne and do iustice before him who can tel if he wil receiue you to mercie and haue pitie on you 7 I wil extoll my God and my soule shal praise the King of heauen and shal reioyce in his greatnes 8 Let all men speake and let all praise him for his righteousnes 9 O Ierusalém the holie citie he wil scourge thee for thy children workes but he wil haue pitie againe on the sonnes of righteous men 10 Giue praise to the Lord duely praise the euerlasting King that his tabernacle may be buylded in thee againe with ioye and let him make ioyful there in thee those that are captiues and loue in thee for euer those that be miserable 11 Manie nacions shal come from farre to the Name of the Lord God with giftes in their hands euen giftes to the King of heauen all generacions shal praise thee and giue signes of ioye 12 Cursed are all they which hathe thee but blessed are they for euer which loue thee 13 Reioyce and be glad for the children of the iuste for thei shal be gathered shal blesse the Lord of the iuste 14 Blessed are they which loue thee for they shal reioyce in thy peace Blessed are they which haue bene sorowful for all thy scour ges for they shal reioyce for thee when they shal se all thy glorie and shal reioyce for euer 15 Let my soule blesse God the great King 16 For Ierusalem shal be buylt vp with sapphi res and emerodes and thy walles with pre tious stones and thy towres and thy bulwarkes with pure golde 17 And the streetes of Ierusalém shal be paued with beral and carbuncle and stones of Ophir 18 And all her streetes shal say Halleluiah they shal praise him saying Blessed be God which hathe extolled it for euer CHAP. XIIII 4 Lessons of Tobit to his sonne 5 He prophecieth the destruction of Nineue 7 And the restoring of Ierusalém and the Temple 13 The death of Tobit and his wife 16. Tobias age and death 1 SO Tobit made an end of praising God 2 And he was eight and fiftie yere olde whē he lost his sight which was restored to him after eight yere and he gaue almes and he continued to feare the Lord God and to praise him 3 And when he was verie aged he called his sonne and six of his sonnes sonnes and said to him My sonne take thy children for beholde I am aged am ready to departe out of this life 4 Go into Media my sonne for I beleue that those things whiche Ionas the Prophete spake of Nineue that it shal be destroied and for a time peace shal rather be in Media and that our brethren shal be scattred in the earth from that good land and Ierusalē shal be desolate and the House of God in it shall be burned and shall be desolate for a time 5 Yet againe God * will haue pitie on them and bring them againe into the land where they shal buylde a Temple but not like to the first vntil the times of that age be fulfilled which being finished thei shal returne from euerie place out of captiuitie and buylde vp Ierusalém gloriously and the house of GOD shall be buylt in it for euer with a glorious buylding as the Prophetes haue spoken thereof 6 And all nations shall turne and feare the Lord God truely shal burye their idoles 7 So shal all nations praise the Lord and his people shal cōfesse God and the Lord shall exalte his people and all those which loue the Lord in trueth iustice shall reioyce and those also whiche shewe mercie to our brethren 8 And now my sonne departe out of Nineue because that those thynges which the Prophet Ionas spake shall surelye come to passe 9 But kepe thou the Law and the commandements and shewe thy selfe mercifull and iust that it may go wel with thee 10 And burye me honestlye and thy mother with me but tarie no longer at Nineue Remember my sonne how a man handled Achiacharus that broght him vp how out of light he broght him into darkenes and how he rewarded him agayne yet Achiacharus was saued but the other had his rewarde for he wēt downe into darkenes Manasses gaue almes escaped the snare of death whiche they had set for him but Aman fell into the snare and perished 11 Wherefore now my sonne consider what almes doeth and how righteousnes doeth deliuer When he had said these things he gaue vp the gost in the bed being an hundreth and eight and fiftie yere olde and he buryed him honorably 12 And when Anna was dead he buryed her with his father but Tobias went with hys wife and children to Ecbatane to Raguel his father in lawe 13 Where he became olde with honour and he buryed hys father and mother in Lawe honorably and he inherited their substāce and Tobits his father 14 And he dyed at Ecbatane in Media being an hundreth and seuen twētie yere olde 15 But before he dyed he heard of the destruction of Nineue whiche was taken by
my sonne haue pitie vpon me that bare thee nine moneths in my wombe gaue thee sucke thre yeres nourished thee and toke care for thee vnto this age and broght thee vp 28 I beseche thee my sonne loke vpon the heauen the earth and all that is therein cōsider that God made thē of things that were not so was mākinde made like wise 29 Feare not this hangman but shewe thy self worthie suche brethren by suffering death that I may receiue thee in mercie with thy brethren 30 While she was yet speaking these wordes the yongman said Whome waitye for I wil not obey the Kings commandement but I wil obey the commandement of the Lawe that was giuen vnto our fathers by Moyses 31 And thou that imaginest all mischief against the Hebrewes shalt not escape the hand of God 32 For we suffer these things because of our sinnes 33 But thogh the liuing Lord be angrie with vs a litle while for our chastening and corre ction yet wil he be recōciled with his owne seruants 34 But thou ô man without religion and most wicked of all men lift not thy self vp in vaine which art puffed vp with vncerteine hope and liftest thine hands against the seruāts of God 35 For thou hast not yet escaped the iudgemēt of almightie God which seeth all things 36 My brethren that haue suffered a litle paine are now vnder the diuine couenant of euerlasting life but thou through the iudge ment of God shalt suffer iust punishments for thy pride 37 Therefore I as my brethren haue done offer my bodie and life for the Lawes of our fathers beseching God that he wil sone be merciful vnto our nacion and that thou by torment and punishement mayest confesse that he is the onelie God 38 And that in me and my brethren the wrath of the Almightie which is righteously fal len vpon all our nacion may cease 39 Then the King being kindled with anger raged more cruelly against him then the others and toke it grieuously that he was mocked 40 So he also dyed holely and put his whole trust in the Lord 41 Last of all after the sonnes was the mother put to death 42 Let this now be ynough spoken concerning the bankets and extreme cruelties CHAP. VIII 1 Iudas gathereth together his hoste 9 Nicanor is sent against Iudas 16 Iudas 〈◊〉 his souldiers to constan cie 20 Nicanor is ouercome 27 The lewes giue thankes after they haue put their enemies to flight diuiding parte of the spoiles vnto the fatherles vnto the widdowes 30 Timotheus and Bacchides are discomsited 35 Nican 〈◊〉 fleeth vnto Antiochus 1 THen Iudas Maccabeus and they that were with him went priuely into the townes and called their kinsfolkes and friends together and toke vnto them all suche as continued in the Iewes religion and assembled six thousand men 2 So they called vpon the Lord that he wolde haue an eye vnto his people which was vexed of euerie man and haue pitie vpon the Temple that was defiled by wicked mē 3 And that he wolde haue compassion vpon citie that was destroyed almost broght to the grounde that he wolde heare the voyce of the blood that crye vnto him 4 And that he wolde remember the wicked slaughter of the innocent children and the blasphemies committed against his Name that he wolde shewe this hatred against the wicked 5 Now when Maccabeus had gathered this multitude he colde not be withstanding by the heathen for the wrath of the Lord was turned into mercie 6 Therefore he came at vn warres and burnt vp the townes and cities yet he toke the moste commodious places and slewemany of the enemies 7 But specially he vsed the nightes to make suche assalts in so muche that the brute of his manlines was spred euerie where 8 ¶ So when Philippe sawe that this man increased by litle and litle and that things prospered with him for the mosteparte he wrote vnto Ptolemeus the gouernour of Coelosyria and Phenice to helpe him in the King busines 9 Then sent he spedely Nicanor the sonne of Patroclus a special friend of his and ga ue him of all nacions of the heathen no lesse then twentie thousand mē to rote out the whole generacion of the Iewes ioyned with him Gorgias a captaine which in matters of warre had great experience 10 Nicanor ordeined also a tribute for the King of two thousand talents which the Romaines shulde haue to be taken of the Iewes that were taken prisoners 11 Therefore immediatly he sent to the cities on the sea coast prouoking them to bye Iewes to be their seruants promising to sel foure score and ten for one talent but he considered not thevengeāce of almightie God that shulde come vpon him 12 When Iudas then knewe of Nicanors coming he tolde them that were with him of the coming of the armie 13 Now were there some of them feareful which trusted not vnto the righteousnes of god but fled away abode notī that place 14 But the other solde all that they had lest and besoght the Lord together to deliuer them frō that wicked Nicanor which had solde them or euer he came nere them 15 And thogh he wolde not do it for their sakes yet for the 〈◊〉 made with their fathers and because they called vpon his holie and glorious Name 16 And so Maccabeus called his mē together about six thousand exhorting thē not to be afraied of their enemies nether to feare the great multitude of the Gentiles which came against them vnrighteously but to fight manly 17 Setting before their eyes the iniurie that they had vniustly done to the holy place the crueltie done to the citie by derision and the destruction of the orders established by their fathers 18 For they said he trust in their weapons and boldenes but our confidence is in the almightie God which at a becke cābothe de stroy them that come against vs all the worlde 19 Moreouer he admonished thē of the helpe that God shewed vnto their fathers aswhē there perished an hundreth and foure score and fiue thousand vnder* Sennacherib 20 And of the battel that they had in Babylon against the Galacians how they came in all to the battel eight thousand with foure thousand Macedonians and when the Macedoniās were astonished the eight thousand slewe an hundreth and twentie thousand through the helpe that was giuē them from heauē whereby they had receiued many benefites 21 Thus when he had made them bolde with these wordes and readie to dye for the Lawes and the countrey he deuided his armie into foure partes 22 And made his owne brethren captaines ouer the armie to wit Simon and Ioseph and Ionathan giuing eche one fiftene hun dreth men 23 And when Eleazarus had red the holie boke and giuen them a token of the helpe of God Iudas which led the forewarde ioyned with Nicanor 24 And because the Almightie helped them they
may be opened 36 And there was a Prophetesse one Anna the daughter of Phanuel of the tribe of Aser which was of a great age ād had liued with an hous band seuē yeres from her virginitie 37 And she was widowe about foure score and foure yeres and went not out of the Temple but serued God with fastings and prayers night and day 38 She then coming at the same instant vpon them confessed likewise the Lord and spake of him to all that loked for redemption in Ierusalem 39 And when thei had performed all things ac cording to the Law of the Lord they returned into Galile to their owne citie Nazaret 40 And the childe 〈◊〉 and vaxed strong in Spirit and was filled with wisdome and the grace of God was with him 41 ¶ Now his parents went to Ierusalem euerie yere * at the feast of the Passeouer 42 And whē he was twelue yere olde and they were come vp to Ierusalem after the custome of the feast 43 And had finished the dayes thereof as they returned the childe Iesus remained in Ierusa lem and Ioseph knewe not nor his mother 44 But they supposing that he had bene in the companie went a dayes iorney and soght him among their kinsfolke and acquaintance 45 And whē they founde him not they turned backe to Ierusalem and soght him 46 And it came to passe thre dayes after that they founde him in the Tēple sitting in the middes of the doctours bothe hearing thē and asking them questions 47 And all that heard him were astonied at his vnderstanding and answers 48 So when thei saw him they were amased his mother said vnto him Sonne why hast thou thus dealt with vs beholde thy Father and I haue soght thee with heauie hearts 49 Then said he vnto them How is it that ye soght me knewe ye not that I must go about my fathers busines 50 But they vnderstode not the worde that he spake to them 51 Then he went downe with them and came to Nazaret was subiect to thē and his mother kept all these sayings in her heart 52 And Iesus increased in wisdome stature and in fauour with God and men CHAP. III. 3 The preaching baptisme and prisonment of Iohn 15 He is thoght to be Christ. 21 Christ is baptized 23 His age and genealogie 1 NOw in the fiftenth yere of the reigne of Tiberius Cesar Pontius Pilate being gouernour of Iudea Herode being tetrarch of Galile ād his brother Philippe tetrarch of lturea and of the countrey of Trachonitis and Lysanias the tetrarch of Abilene 2 * When Annas Caiaphas were the high Priests the worde of God came vnto Iohn the sonne of Zacharias in the wildernes 3 * And he came into all the coastes about Iordan preaching the baptisme of repentance for the remission of sinnes 4 As it is written in the boke of the sayings of Esaias the Prophet which saith * The voyce of him that cryeth in the wildernes is Prepare ye the way of the Lord make his paths straight 5 Euerie valley shal be filled and euerie moun taine and kil shal be broght lowe croked things shal be made straight and the rough wayes shal be made smothe 6 And all flesh shal se the saluation of God 7 Then said he to the people that were come out to be baptized of him * O generations of vipers who hathe forewarned you to flee from the wrath to come 8 Bring forthe therefore frutes worthie amendement of life and beginne not to say with your selues We haue Abrahā to our father for I say vnto you that God is able of these stones to raise vp children vnto Abraham 9 Now also is the axe laid vnto the roote of the trees therefore euerie tre whiche bringeth not forthe good frute shal be hewen downe and cast into the fyre 10 ¶ Then the people asked him saying What shal we do then 11 And he answered and said vnto them * He that hathe two coates let him parte with him that hath e none he that hathe meat let him do likewise 12 Then came there Publicanes also to be baptized and said vnto him Master what shal we do 13 And he said vnto thē Require no more then that which is appointed vnto you 14 The souldiers likewise demanded of him saying And what shal we do And he said vnto thē Do violence to no man nether accuse anie falsely and be content with your wages 15 As the people waited and all men mused in their hearts of Iohn if he were not the Christ 16 Iohn answered and said to them all * In dede I baptize you with water but one stron gerthen I cometh whose shoes latcher I am not worthie to vnlose he wil baptize you with the holie Gost and with fyre 17 * Whose fanne is in his hād he wil make cleane his flooer wil gather the wheat into his garner but the chaff wil he burne vp with fyre that neuer shal be quenched 18 Thus then exhorting with manie other things he preached vnto the people 19 * But when Herode the tetrarch was rebuked of him for Herodias his brother Philippes wife and for all the euils which Herode had done 20 He added yet this aboue all that he shut vp Iohn in prison 21 * Now it came to passe as all the people were baptized and that Iesus was baptized and did pray that the heauen was opened 22 And the holie Gost came downe in a bodlie shape like a doue vpon him and there was a voyce from heauen saying Thou art my beloued Sonne in thee I am wel pleased 23 ¶ And Iesus him self began to be about thir tie yere of age being as men supposed the sō ne of Ioseph which was the sonne of Eli 24 The sonne of Matthat the sonne of Leui the sonne of Melchi the sonne of Ianna the sonne of Ioseph 25 The sonne of Mattathias the sonne of Amos the sonne of Naum the sonne of Esli the sonne of Nagge 26 The sonne of Maath the sonne of Matta thias the sonne of Semei the sonne of Io seph the sonne of Iuda 27 The sonne of Ioanna the sonne of Rhesa the sonne of Zorobabel the sonne of Salathiel the sonne of Neri 28 The sonne of Melchi the sonne of Addi the sonne of Cosam the sōne of Elmodā the sonne of Er 29 ¶ The sonne of Iose the sonne of Eliezer the sonne of Iorim the sonne of Mat that the sonne of Leui 30 The sonne of Simeon the sonne of Iuda the sonne of Ioseph the sonne of Ionan the sonne of Eliacim 31 The sonne of Melea the sonne of Mainā the sonne of Mattatha the sonne of Nathan the sonne of Dauid 32 The sonne of Iesse the sonne of Obed the sonne of Booz the sonne
of Salmon 〈◊〉 sonne of Naasson 33 The sonne of Aminadab the sonne of Aram the sonne of Esrom the sonne of Phares the sonne of Iuda 34 The sonne of Iacob the sonne of Isaac the sonne of Abraham the sonne of Thara the sonne of Nachor 35 The sonne of Saruch the sonne of Ragau the sonne of Phalec the sōne of Eber the sonne of Sala 36 The sonne of Cainā the sonne of Arphaxad the sonne of Sem the sonne of Noe the sonne of Lamech 37 The sonne of Mathusala the sonne of Enoch the sonne of Iared the sonne of Ma leleel the sonne of Cainan 38 The sonne of Enos the sonne of Seth the sonne of Adam the sonne of God CHAP IIII. 1 Iesus is led into the wildernes to be tempted 13 He ouercometh the deuil 14 He goeth into Galile 16 Preacheth at Nazaret and Capernaum 22 The Iewes despise him 38 He cometh intö Peters house and healeth his mother in law 41 The deuils acknowledge Christ. 43 He preacheth through the cities 1 ANd Iesus full of the holie Gost returned from Iordan and was led by the Spirite into the wildernes 2 * And was there fourtie dayes tempted of the deuill and in those dayes he did eat nothing but when they were ended he afterwarde was hungrie 3 Then the deuill said vnto him If thou be the Sonne of God commande this stone that it be made bread 4 But Iesus answered him saying It is writen * The man shall not liue by bread onely but by euerie worde of God 5 Thē the deuil toke him vp into an high moū taine and shewed him all the kingdomes of the worlde in the twinkeling of an eye 6 And the deuil said vnto him All this power wil I giue thee ād the glorie of those king domes for that is deliuered to me and to whomesoeuer I wil I giue it 7 If thou therfore wilt worship me they shal be all thine 8 But Iesus aunswered hym and said Hence from me Satan for it is written * Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God and hym alone thou shalt serue 9 Then he broght him to Ierusalem and set him on a pinacle of the Temple and said vnto hym If thou be the Sonne of GOD cast thy selfe downe from hence 10 For it is written * That he will giue his Angels charge ouer thee to kepe thee 11 And with their hands they shal lift thee vp lest at anie time thou shuldest dash thy foote against a stone 12 And Iesus aunswered and sayd vnto hym It is said * Thou shalte not tempt the Lorde thy God 13 And when the deuil had ended all the tenta cion he departed from him for a season 14 ¶ And Iesus returned by the power of the spirit into Galile and there went a fame of him throughout all the regiō rounde about 15 For he taught in their Synagogues and was honoured of all men 16 * And he came to Nazaret where he had bene broght vp at his custome was went into the Synagogue on the Sabbath day ād stode vp to reade 17 And there was deliuered vnto hym the boke of the Prophet Esaias ād when he had opened the boke he foūde the place where it was written 18 * The Spirit of the Lord is vpon me becau se he hath anointed me that I shuld preach the Gospell to the poore he hathe sent me that I shulde heale the broken hearted that I shulde preache deliuerance to the captiues recouering of sight to the blinde that I shulde set at libertie them that are bruised 19 And that I shulde preache the acceptable yere of the Lord. 20 And he closed the boke and gaue it againe to the minister and sate downe and the eyes of al that were in the Synagogue were fastened on him 21 Then he began to say vnto them This daye is this Scripture fulfilled in your eares 22 And all bare him witnes and wondered at the gracious wordes whiche proceded out of his mouth and sayd Is not this Iosephes sonne 23 Then he sayd vnto them Ye will surely saye vnto me this prouerbe Physicion heale thy selfe whatsoeuer we haue heard done in Capernaum do it here lykewise in thyne owne countrey 24 And he said Verely I saye vnto you * No Prophet is accepted in his owne countrey 25 But I tell you of a trueth manie widdowes were in Israell in the dayes of * Elias when heauen was shut three yeres and six moneths when greate famine was through out all the land 26 But vnto none of them was Elias sent saue into Sarepta a citie of Sidon vnto a certeine widdowe 27 Also manie lepers were in Israell in the tyme of * Eliseus the Prophet yet none of them was made cleare sauyng Naaman the Syrian 28 Then all that were in the Synagogue whē they heard it were filled with wrath 29 And rose vp and thrust him out of the citie and led hym vnto the edge of the hil where on their citie was buylt to cast hym downe headlong 30 But he passed through the middes of thē and went his way 31 ¶ * And came downe into Capernaum a citie of Galile and there taught them on the Sabbath dayes 32 * And they were astonied at his doctrine for his worde was with autoritie 33 And in the Synagogue there was a man whiche had a spirit of an vncleane deuil which cryed with a loude voyce 34 Saying Oh what haue we to do with thee thou Iesus of Nazaret art thou come to destroy vs I knowe who thou art euen the Holie one of God 35 And Iesus rebuked him saying Holde thy peace and come out of him Then the deuil throwing him in the middes of them came out of him and hurt him not 36 So feare came on them all and they spake among them selues saying What thing is this for with autoritie and power he commaundeth the foule spirits they came out 37 And the fame of him spred abroad through out all the places of the countrey rounde about 38 ¶ * And he rose vp and came out of the Synagogue and entred into Simons house And Simons wiues mother was takē with a great feuer and they required him for her 39 Then he stode ouer her and rebuked the feuer and it left her immediatly she arose and ministred vnto them 40 Now when the sunne was downe all they that had sicke folkes of diuers diseases broght them vnto him and he laied his hāds on euerie one of them and healed them 41 * And deuils also came out of manie crying and saying Thou art the Christ the Sonne of God but he rebuked them and suffred them not to say that thei knewe him to be 〈◊〉 42 And when it was day he departed and went forthe into a desert place and the
went forthe and the other disciple and they came vnto the sepulchre 4 So they ranne both together but the other disciple did out runne Peter and came firste to the sepulchre 5 And he stouped downe and sawe the linnen clotheslying yet went he not in 6 Then came Simon Peter followyng hym and went into the sepulchre ād sawe the linnen clothes lye 7 And the kerchefe that was vpon his head notlying with the linnen clothes but wrapped together in a place by it self 8 Then went in also the other disciple whiche came first to the sepulchre and he sawe it and beleued 9 For as yet they knewe not the Scripture that he must rise agayne from the dead 10 And the disciples went away agayne vnto their owne home 11 ¶ * But Marie stode without at the sepulchre weping ād as she wept she bowed her self into the sepulchre 12 And sawe two Angels in white sitting the one at the heade and the other at the fete where the bodie of Iesus had laine 13 And they said vnto her Woman why wepest thou She said vnto them They haue taken away my Lord and I knowe not where they haue laid him 14 When she had thus said she turned her self backe and sawe Iesus standyng and knewe not that it was Iesus 15 Iesus sayth vnto her Woman why wepest thou whom sekest thou She supposing that he had bene the gardener sayd vnto hym Syr if thou haste borne hym hence tell me where thou haste layd him and I will take hym away 16 Iesus sayth vnto her Marie She turned her self ād said vnto him Rabboni whiche is to say Master 17 Iesus sayth vnto her Touche me not for I am not yet ascēded to my Father but go to my brethren and say vnto them I ascende vnto my Father and to your Father and to my God and your God 18 Marie Magdalene came and tolde the disci ples that she had sene the Lord and that he had spoken these things vnto her 19 ¶ * The same day then at nyght which was the first daye of the weeke and when the dores were shut where the disciples were assembled for feare of the Iewes came Iesus and stode in the middes and said to them Peace be vnto you 20 And when he had so sayde he shewed vnto them his hands and hys side Then were the disciples glad when they had sene the Lord. 21 Then sayd Iesus to them againe Peace be vnto you as my Father sent me so send I you 22 And when he had sayd that he breathed on them and said vnto them Receiue the ho lie Gost. 23 * Whosoeuers sinnes ye remit they are remitted vnto them and whosoeuers sinnes ye reteine they are reteined 24 ¶ But Thomas one of the twelue called Didymus was not with them when Iesus came 25 The other disciples therfore said vnto him We haue sene the Lorde buthe sayd vnto them Excepte I se in hys hands the print of the nayles and put my finger into the print of the nailes ād put mine hand into his side I wil not beleue it 26 ¶ And eight dayes after againe his disciples were within and Thomas with them Then came IESVS when the dores were shut and stode in the middes and said Peace be vnto you 27 After sayd he to Thomas Put thy finger here and se mine hands and put forth thine hand and put it into my side and be not faith les but faithful 28 Then Thomas answered ād said vnto him Thou art my Lord and my God 29 Iesus said vnto hym Thomas because thou hast sene me thou beleuest blessed are they that haue not sene and haue beleued 30 ¶ * And manie other signes also did Iesus in the presence of his disciples whiche are not written in this boke 31 But these things are written that ye myght beleue that Iesus is the Christ the Sonne of God and that in beleuing ye might haue life through his Name CHAP. XXI 1 Christ appeareth to his disciples againe 15 He commaundeth Peter earnestly to fede hys shepe 18 He forewarneth hys of hym death 25 And of Christes manifolde miracles 1 AFter these things Iesus shewed him selfe againe to his disciples at the sea of Tiberias and thus shewed he him self 2 There were together Simon Peter and Tho mas whiche is called Didymus and Nathanael of Cana in Galile and the sonnes of Zebedeus and two other of his disciples 3 Simon Peter sayd vnto them I go a fishyng They sayd vnto hym We also will go wyth thee They went their waye and entred into a ship strayght way and that nyght caught they nothing 4 But when the morning was now come Iefus stode on the shore neuertheles the disciples knewe not that it was Iesus 5 Iesus then said vnto them Sirs haue ye anie meat They answered him No. 6 Then he said vnto them Cast out the net on the ryght side of the ship and ye shall finde So they cast out and they were not able at all to drawe it for the multitude of fishes 7 Therefore said the disciple whome IESVS loued vnto Peter It is the Lorde When Simon Peterheard that it was the Lorde he girde his coate to hym for he was naked and cast him self into the sea 8 But the other disciples came by shyppe for they were not farre from lande but aboute two hundreth cubites and they drewe the net with fishes 9 Assone then as they were come to land they sawe hotte coles and fishe layd thereon and bread 10 Iesus sayd vnto them Bryng of the fishes whiche ye haue now caught 11 Simon Peter stepped forth and drewe the net to land full of great fishes an hundreth fiftie and thre and albeit there were so manie yet was not the net broken 12 Iesus sayde vnto them Come and dyne And none of the disciples durste aske hym Who art thou seing they knew that he was the Lord. 13 Iesus then came and toke bread and gaue them and fish likewise 14 This is nowe the third tyme that IESVS shewed him self to his disciples after that he was risen againe from the dead 15 ¶ So when they had dined Iesus said to Simon Peter Simō sonne of Iona louest thou me more then these He said vnto hym Yea Lord thou knowest that I loue thee He said vnto him Fede my lambes 16 He said to him againe the seconde time Simon the sonne of 〈◊〉 louest thou me He said vnto him Yea Lord thou knowest that I loue thee He said vnto him Fede my shep. 17 He said vnto hym the thirde tyme Simon the sonne of Iona louest thou me Peter was 〈◊〉 because he said to hym the third tyme Louest thou me ād said vnto him Lord thou knowest all things thou knowest that I loue thee Iesus said vnto him Fede my shepe 18 Verely verely I say vnto thee When thou
wast yong thou girdedst thy selfe and walkedst whither thou woldest but when thou shalt be olde thou shalt stretch forthe thine haÌ„ds another shal girde thee lead thee THE DESCRIPTION OF THE COVNTREIS AND PLACES MENCIONED IN THE ACTES OF THE APOSTLES FROM Italie on the VVest parte vnto the Medes and Persians tovvardes the East conteining about 2200. mile in length The vvhich description serueth for the peregrination of S. Paul and other of the Apostles and for the vnderstanding of manie things conteined in this boke The names of the yles and countreis mencioned in this mappe Achaia Arabia the deserte Arabia the stonie Armenia Asia the lesse By thinia Cappadocia Chios yle Cilicia Chaldea Clauda yle Coos yle Creta or Candia yle Cyprus Galatia Grecia 〈◊〉 Illyria or Sclauonie Iudea 〈◊〉 boysyle Lycaonia Lycia Maliayle Macedonia Mysia Media Pamphilia Persia. Ponthus Phenicia Pisidia Phrygia Rhodesyle Samos yle Samothraciayle Siciliayle Syria The Tovvnes specified in this mappe and their situation vvith the obseruation of the length and breadth Amphipolis 50. 0. 41. 30. Antiochia of Syria 70. 〈◊〉 37. 20. Antiochia of Pisidia 62 30. 39. 0. Appollonia 49. 30. 40. 30. Assos 56. 0. 40. 15. Athenes 52. 45. 37. 15. Attalia 62. 15. 36. 30. Babylon 79. 0. 35. 0. Beroe 48. 45. 39. 50. Cenchrea hauen 51. 20. 37. 0. Cesarea Straton 66. 16. 32. 25. Charram 73. 55. 37. 10. Corinthus 51. 15. 36. 55. Damascus 68. 55. 33. 0. Derbe 64. 20. 38. 15. Ephesus 57. 40. 37. 40. Fayre hauens 56. 46. 35. 10. Gaza 65. 10. 31. 40. Gnidum 57. 10. 35. 30. Iconium 64. 30. 38. 45. Ierusalem 66. 0. 31. 55. Ioppe 66. 40. 31. 55. Laodicea 68. 30. 35. 5. Lystri 64. 0. 39. 0. Miletum 58. 0. 37. 0. Myra 61. 36. 40. 0. Mytilene 55. 0. 35. 0. Neapolis 51. 15. 41. 40. Paphos in Cyprus 65. 0. 36. 0. Patara 60. 30. 36. 0. Perge 62. 15. 36. 56. Phenix an hauen 53. 45. 34. 20. Philip 50. 45. 41. 46. Ptolemais 66. 50. 32. 58. Puteoli 39. 50. 41. 0. Rhegium 40. 0. 39. 0. Rome 56. 40. 41. 40. Salamine yle of Cyprus 66. 40. 35. 30. Samaria 66. 20. 32. 19. Seleucia 68. 35. 25. 40. Sidon 67. 15. 33. 30. Syracuse 39. 30. 37. 15. Tarsus 67. 40. 36. 50. Thessalonica 49. 50. 40. 30. Troas 55. 0. 41. 0. Tyrus 67. 3. 33. 20. NORTH WEST EAST SOVTH whither thou woldest not 19 And this spake he signifying by what death he shulde glorifie God And when he had said this he said to him Followe me 20 Then Peter turned about and sawe the disciple whome IESVS loued following which had also * leaned on his brest at supper had said Lord which is he that betrayeth thee 21 When Peter therefore sawe him he said to Iesus Lord what shal this man do 22 Iesus said vnto him If I wil that he tarie til I come what is it to thee folowe thou me 23 Then went this worde abrode among the brethren that this disciple shulde not dye Yet Iesus said not to him He shal not dye but if I wil that he tarie til I come what is it to thee 24 This is that disciple which testifieth of these things wrote these things and we knowe that his testimonie is true 25 * Now there are also manie other things which Iesus did the which if they shulde be writteÌ„ euerie one I suppose the world colde not conteine the bokes that shulde be written Amen THE ACTES OF THE holie Apostles vvritten by Luke the Euangeliste THE ARGVMENT CHrist after his ascension performed his promes to his Apostles and sent them the holie Gost declaring thereby that he was not onely mindeful of his Church but wolde be the head and mainteiner thereof for euer Wherein also his mightie power appeareth who notwithstanding that Satan and the worlde resisted neuer so muche against this noble worke yet by a fewe simple men of no reputation replenished all the worlde with the sounde of his Gospel And here in the beginning of the Church and the increase thereof we may plainely perceiue the practise and malice whiche Satan continually vseth to suppresse and ouerthrowe the Gospel he raiseth conspiracies tumultes commotions persecutions sclaÌ„ders and all kinde of crueltie Againe we shal here beholde the prouidence of God who ouerthroweth his enemies enterprises deliuereth his Church from the rage of tyrants strengtheneth and incourageth his most valiantly and constantly to followe their captaine Christ leauing as it were by this historie a perpetual memorie to the Church that the crosse is so ioyned with the Gospel that they are felowes inseparable and that the end of one affliction is but the beginning of another Yet neuertheles God turneth the troubles persecutions imprisonings and tentations of his to a good yssue giuing them as it were in sorowe ioye in bandes fredome in prison 〈◊〉 in trouble quietnes in death life Finally this boke coÌ„teineth manie excellent sermons of the Apostles and discipies as touching the death resurrection and ascension of Christ. The mercie of God Of the grace and remision of sinne through Iesus Christ. Of the blessed immortalitie An exhortatioÌ„ to the ministers of Christs flocke Of repentance and feare of God with other principal points of our faith so that this onelie historie in a maner may be sufficient to instruct a man in all true doctrine and religion CHAP. I. 7 The wordes of Christ his Angels to the Apostles 9 His ascension 14 Wherein the Apostles are occupied til the holie Gost be sent 26 And of the election of Matthias 1 Haue made the former treatise ô Theo philê° of all that Iesus begaÌ„to do teach Vntil the day that he was taken vp after that he through the holie Gost had giueÌ„ coÌ„mandements vn to the Apostles whome he had chosen 2 3 To whome also he presented him self aliue after that he had suffered by manie infallible tokens being sene of them by the space of fourtie dayes and speaking of those things which apperteine to the kingdom of God 4 And when he had gathered theÌ„ together he commanded them that they shulde not departe froÌ„ Ierusalem but wait for the promes of the Father * which said he ye haue heard of me 5 * For Iohn in dede baptized with water but ye shal be baptized with the holie Gost within these fewes dayes 6 When they therefore were come together they asked of him saying Lord wilt thou at this time restore the kingdome to Israel 7 And he said vnto them It is not for you to knowe the times or the seasons whiche the Father hathe put in his one power 8 But ye shal receiue power of the holie Gost when he shal come on you and ye shal be witnesses vnto me bothe in Ierusalem and in all Iudea and in Samaria and vnto the vtter most parte of the earth 9 * And when
Tabernacle was standing 9 Which was a 〈◊〉 for the time present wherein were offred giftes and sacrifices that colde not make holie concerning the conscience him that did the seruice 10 Which onely stode in meats and drinkes and diuers washings and carnal rites vntil the time of reformation 11 But Christ being come an hie Priest of good things to come by a greater and a more perfite Tabernacle not made with hands that is not of this buylding 12 Nether by the blood of goates and calues but by his owne blood entred he in once vn to the holie place and obteined eternal redemption for vs. 13 * For if the blood of bulles and of goates and the ashes of an heifer sprinkling them that are vncleane sanctifieth as touching the purifying of the flesh 14 How muche more shal the blood of Christ which through the eternal Spirit offred him self without spot to God purge your conscience from dead workes to * serue the liuing God 15 And for this cause is he the Mediatour of the new Testament that through * death which was for the redemption of the transgressions that were in the former Testament they which were called might receiue the promes of eternal enheritance 16 Forwhere a testament is there must be the death of him that made the testament 17 * For the testamēt is confirmed when men are dead for it is yet of no force as long as he that made it is a liue 18 Wherefore nether was the first ordeined without blood 19 For when Moses had spoken euerie precept to the people according to the Law he toke the blood of calues and of goates with water and purple wolle and hyssope and sprinkled bothe the boke and all the people 20 * Saying This is the blood of the Testament which God hathe appointed vnto you 21 Moreouer he sprinkled likewise the Tabernacle with blood also and all the ministring vessels 22 And almost al things are by the Law purged with blood and without sheading of blood is no remission 23 It was then necessarie that the similitudes of heauēlie things shulde be purified with such things but the heauenlie things them selues are purified with better sacrifices then are these 24 For Christ is not entred into the holie places that are made with hands which are similitu des of the true Sanctuarie but is entred in to very heauen to appeare now in the sight of God for vs 25 Not that he shulde offer him self often as the hie Priest entred into the Holie place eue rie 〈◊〉 with other blood 26 For them must he haue often suffred since the fundacion of the worlde but now in the end of the worlde hathe he appeared once to put away sinne by the sacrifice of him self 27 And as it is appointed vnto men that they shal once dye and after that commeth the iudgement 28 So Christ was once offred to take away the sinnes of many and vnto them that loke for him shal he appeare the seconde time without sinne vnto saluation CHAP. X. 1 The olde lawe had no power to clense awaye sinne 10. But 〈◊〉 did it with offering of his bodie once for all 22 An exh rtation to receiue the goodnes of God than kefully with patience and stedfast faith 1 FOr the * Lawe hauing the shadowe of good things to come and not the very image of the things can neuer with those sa crifices which they offer yere by yere continually sanctifie the commers thereunto 2 For wolde they not then haue ceased to haue bene offred because that the offerers once purged shulde haue had no more conscice of sinnes 3 But in those sacrifices there is a remēbran ce againe 〈◊〉 euerie yere 4 For it is vnpossible that the blood of bulles and goates shulde * take away sinnes 5 Wherefore when he commeth into the worlde he saith * Sacrifice and offring thou woldest not but a bodie hast thou ordeined me 6 In burnt offrings and sinne offrings thou hast had no pleasure 7 Then I said Lo I come In the beginning of the boke it written of me that I shulde do thy wil ô God 8 Aboue when he said Sacrifice and offring and burnt offrings and sinne offrings thou woldest not haue nether hadst pleasure ther in which are offred by the Law 9 Then said he Lo I come to do thy wil ô God he taketh away the first that he may stablish the seconde 10 By the which wil we are sanct fied enen by the offring of the bodie of Iesus Christ once made 11 And euerie Priest appeareth daiely ministring and ofttimes offreth one maner of offring which can neuer take awaye sinnes 12 But this man after he had offred one sacrifice for sinnes * sitteth for euer at the right hand of God 13 And from hence forth tarieth * til his enemies be made his fotestole 14 For with one offring hath he consecrated for euer them that are sanctified 15 For the holie Gost also bearest vs recorde for after that he had said before 16 * This is the Testament that I wil make vnto them after those daies saith the Lorde I wil put my Lawes in their heart and in their mindes I wil write them 17 And their sinnes and iniquities wil I remem ber no more 18 Now where remission of these things things is there is no more offring for sinne 19 Seing therefore brethrē that by the blood of Iesus may be bolde to enter into the holie place 20 By the new and liuing way which he hath prepared for vs through the vaile that is his flesh 21 And seing we haue an hie Priest whiche is ouer the house of God 22 Let vs drawe nere with a true heart in assurance of faith sprinkeled in our hearts frō an euil conscience and washed in our bodies with pure water 23 Let vs kepe the profession of our hope without wauering for he is faithfull that promised 24 And let vs consider one another to prouoke vnto loue and to good workes 25 Not forsakyng the 〈◊〉 that we haue among our selues as the maner of some is but let vs exhorte one another and that so muche the more because ye se that the day draweth nere 26 * For if we sinne willingly after that we haue receiued the knowledge of the trueth there remaineth no more sacrifice for sinnes 27 But a feareful loking for of iudgement and violent fyre which sha deuoure the aduersaries 28 He that despiceth Moses Law dyeth withoutmercie* vnder two or thre witnesses 29 Of how muche forer punishment suppose ye shal he be worthie which tradeth vnder fote the Sonne of God and counteth the blood of the Testament as an vnholie thing where with he was sanctified
left their own habitaciō he hath reserued in euerlasting chaines vnder darke nes vnto the iudgement of the great day 7 As * Sodom and Gomorr he and the cities about them which in like maner as they did committed and followed strange flesh are set forthe for an ensample and susfre the ven geance of eternal fyre 8 Likewise not withstandyng these deamers also 〈◊〉 the fleshe and despise gouernement and speake euill of them that are in autoritie 9 Yet Michael the Archāgel when he stroue against the deuil disputed about the bodie of Moses durst not blame hym with cursed speaking but saith The Lord rebuke thee 10 But these speake euil of those things whiche they knowe not and whatsoeuer things they knowe naturally as beastes whiche are without reason in those things they corrupt them selues 11 Wo be vnto thē for they haue followed the way * of Cain and are cast awaye by the deceite * of Balaams wages and perish in the gaine saying * of Core 12 These are spottes in your feasts of charitie when they feast with you without all feare fedynge them selues cloudes they are without water caryed about of windes corrupt trees and without frute twise dead plucked vp by the rootes 13 They are the ragyng waues of the sea foming out their owne shame they are wandring starres to whome is reserued the darknes of darkenes for euer 14 And Enoche also the seuenth from Adam prophecied of suche saying * Beholde the Lord cometh with thousands of his Saintes 15 To giue iudgement against all men and to rebuke all the vngodlie among them of all their wicked dedes whiche they haue vngodly committed and of al their cruel speakings whiche wicked sinners haue spoken against him 16 These are murmurers cōplainers walkyng after their owne lustes * whose mouths speake proude things hauing menspersones in admiration because of a vantage 17 But ye beloued remember the wordes whi che were spoken before of the Apostles of our Lord Iesus Christ. 18 How that they tolde you that there shulde bemockers * in the last time whiche shulde walke after their owne vngodlie lustes 19 These are makers of sectes fleshlie hauing not the Spirit 20 But ye beloued edifie your selues in your most holie faith praying in the holie Gost. 21 And kepe your selues in the loue of God lokyng for the mercie of our Lorde Iesus Christ vnto eternall life 22 And haue compassion of some in puttyng difference 23 And other saue with feare pulling thē out of the fyre and hate euen the garment spotted by the flesh 24 Now vnto him that is able to kepe you that ye fall not and to present you fautles before the presence of his glorie with ioye 25 That is to God onely wise our Sauiour be glorie and maiestie and dominion and power bothe now and for euer Amen THE REVELATION of Iohn the Diuine THE ARGVMENT IT is manifest that the holie Gost wolde as it were gather it were gather into this moste excellent booke a summe of those prophecies whiche were written before but shulde be fulfilled after the comming of Christ addyng also suche things as shulde be expedient aswel to forewarne vs of the dangers to come as to admonish vs to beware some and encou rage vs against others Herein therefore is liuely setforthe the Diuinitie of Christ and the testimonies of our redēption what things the Spirit of God alloweth in the ministers and what things hereproueth the prouidēce of God for his elect and of their glorie and consolation in the day of vengeance how that the hypocrites which sting like scorpions the members of Christ shal be destroyed but the Lambe Christ shal defende thē whiche beare witnes to the trueth who in despite of the beast and Satan wil reigne ouer all The liuelie description of Antichrist is set forthe whose time and power not with standing is limited and albeit that he is permitted to rage against the elect yet his power 〈◊〉 no farther then to the hurt of their bodies and at length he shall be destroyed by 〈◊〉 wrath of God when as the elect shall giue their bodies and at length he shall be destroyed by the wrath of God when as the elect shall giue praise to God for the victorie neuer theles for a season God wil permit this Antichrist strōpet vnder colour of faire speache and pleasant doctrine to deceiue the worlde wherefore he aduertiseth the godlie whiche are but a smale portion to auoide this harlotsflateries and bragges whose 〈◊〉 without mercie they shall se and with the heauenlie companies sing continuall 〈◊〉 for the Lambe is maried the worde of God hathe gotten the victorie Satan that a long time was vntied is now cast with his ministers into the pit of fyre to be tormented for euer where as contrari 〈◊〉 the faithfull whiche are the holie Citie of Icrusalē and wife of the Lambe shall enioye perpetual glorie Read diligently iudgesoberly and call earnestly to God for the true vnderstanding hereof CHAP. I. 1 The cause of this reuelation 3 Of them that read it 4 Iohn writeth to the seuen Churches 5 The maiestie and office of the Sonne of God 20 The vision of the cādlestickes and starres 1 THE reuelation of IESVS CHRIST whiche God gaue vnto him to shewe vnto his seruants things which must shortely be done whiche he sent and shewed by his Angel vnto his seruant Iohn 2 Who bare recorde of the worde of God and of the testimonie of Iesus Christ and of all things that he sawe 3 Blessed is he that readeth and they that heare the wordes of this prophecie and kepe those things which are written therein for the time is at hand 4 Iohn to the seuen Churches whiche are in Asia Grace be with you and peace frome him which * is and Which was and Whiche is to come from the seuen Spirits which are before his Throne 5 And from Iesus Christ whiche is a * faithful witnes and * the first begotten of the dead and Prince of the Kings of the earth vnto him that loued vs and washed vs from our sinnes in his * blood 6 And made vs * Kings and Priestes vnto God euen his Father to him be glorie and dominion for euermore Amen 7 Beholde he cometh with * cloudes and euerie ye shall se him yea euen they whiche pearced him through and all kinreds of the earth shal waile before him Euen so Amen 8 I * am and the beginnyng and the ending saith the Lorde Whiche is and Whiche was and Whiche is to come euen the Almightie 9 I Iohn euen your brother and companion in tribulation and in the kingdome and pacience of Iesus Christ was in the yle called Patmos for the worde of God
morning starre 29 Let him that hathe an eare heare what the Spirit saith to the Churches CHAP. III. He exhorteth the Churches or ministers to the true profession of faith and to watching 12 With promises to them that perseuere 1 ANd write vnto the Angel of the Church which is at Sardi These things saith he that hathe the seuen Spirits of God and the seuen starres I know thy workes for thou hast a name that thou liuest but thou art dead 2 Be awake and strengthen the things which remeine that are readie to dye for I haue not founde thy workes perfite before God 3 Remember therefore how thou hast receiued and heard and holde fast and repent * If therefore thou wilt not watch I wil come on thee as a thefe and thou shalt not knowe what houre I wil come vpon thee 4 Notwithstanding thou hast a fewe names yet in Sardi which haue not defiled their garments and they shal walke with me in white for they are worthie 5 He that ouercometh shal be clothed in white araye and I wil not put out his name out of the * boke of life but I wil confesse his name before my Father before his Angels 6 Let him that hathe an eare heare what the Spirit saith vnto the Churches 7 ¶ And write vnto the Angel of the Church which is of Philadelphia These things saith he that is Holie and True which hathe the * keye of Dauid which openeth and no man shutteth and shutteth and no man openeth 8 I knowe thy workes beholde I haue set before thee an open dore and no man can shut it for thou hast a litel strength and hast kept my worde hast not denied my Name 9 Beholde I wil make them of the synagogue of Satan which call them selues Iewes and are not but do lye beholde Isai I wil make them that they shal come and worship before thy fete and shal knowe that I haue loued thee 10 Because thou hast kept the worde of my pacience therefore I wil deliuer thee from the houre of tentatiō which wil come vpon all the worlde to trye them that dwell vpon the earth 11 Beholde I come shortly holde that which thou hast that no man take thy crowne 12 Him that ouercometh wil I make a pillar in the Temple of my God and he shal go no more out and I wil write vpon him the Name of my God and the name of the citie of my God which is the new Ierusalem which co meth downe out of heauen from my God I wil write vpon him my new Name 13 Let him that hathe an eare heare what the Spirit saith vnto the Churches 14 And vnto the Angel of the Church of the Laodiceans write These things saith Amen the faithful and true witnes the beginning of the creatures of God 15 I knowe thy workes that thou art nether colde not hote I wolde thou werest colde or hote 16 Therefore because thou art luke warme nether colde nor hote it wil come to passe that I shal spewe thee out of my mouth 17 For thou saist I am riche and increased with goods and haue nede of nothing know est not how thou art wretched and miserable and poore and blinde and naked 18 I counsel thee to bie of me golde tryed by the fyre that thou maiest be made riche and white raiment that thou maiest be clothed that thy filthie nakednes do not appeare and anoint thine eyes with eye salue that thou maist se. 19 As manie as I loue I * rebuke and chasten be zealous therefore and amende 20 Beholde I stand at the dore and knocke If anie man heare my voyce and open the dore I wil come in vnto him and wil suppe with him and he with me 21 To him that ouer cometh wil I grante to sit with me in my throne euen as I ouer came and sit with my Father in his throne 22 Let him that hathe an earc heare what the Spirit saith vnto the Churches CHAP. IIII. 1 The vision of the maiestie of God 2 He 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 and one sitting vpon it 8 And 24. seates about it with 24 elders sitting vpon them and foure beastes praising God day and night 1 AFter this I loked and beholde a dore was open in heauen and the first voyce which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me saying Come vp hither I wil shewe thee things which must be done hereafter 2 And immediatly I was rauished in the spirit and beholde a throne was set in heauen and one sate vpon the throne 3 And he that sate was to loke vpon like vn to a iasper stone and a sardine there was a raine bowe roūde about the throne in sight like to an emeraude 4 And rounde about the throne were foure and twentie seates and vpon the seates I sawe foure and twentie Elders sitting clothed in white raiment and had on their heads crownes of golde 5 And out of the throne proceded lightnings and thundrings and voyces and there were seuen lampes of fyre burning before the throne which are the seuen spirits of God 6 And before the throne there was a sea of glasse like vnto cristal and in the middes of the throne and rounde about the throne were foure beastes full of eyes before and 〈◊〉 7 And the first beast was like a lion and the seconde beast like a calfe the thirde beast had a face as a man and the fourthe beast was like a flying egle 8 And the foure beasts had eche one of them six wings about him and they were ful of eyes within and they ceased not day nor night saying * Holie holie holie Lord GOD almightie which Was Which is and Which is to come 9 And when those beasts gaue glorie and honour and thankes to him that sate on the throne which liueth for euer and euer 10 The foure and twentie elders fell downe before him that sate on the throne ād worshipped him that liueth for euermore k and cast their crownes before the throne saying 11 Thou art * worthie ô Lord to receiue glorie and honour ād power for thou hast created all things and for thy willes sake they are haue bene created CHAP. V. 1 He seeth the Lambe opening the boke 8. 14 And therefore the foure beasts the 14. elders and the Angels praise the Lambe and do him worship 9 For their redemption and other benefites 1 ANd I sawe in the right hand of him that sate vpon the throne a Boke written with and on the backeside sealed with seuen seales 2 And I saue a strong Angel which preached with a loude voyce Who is worthie to open the boke and to lose the seales thereof 3 And no man in heauen nor in earth
after let lose vexeth the Churche grieuously 10. 14 And after the world is iudged he ād his 〈◊〉 castinto the lake of fyre 1 ANd I sawe an Angel come downe from heauē hauing the keye of the bottomles pit and a great chaine in his hand 2 And he toke the dragon that olde serpent which is the deuil and Satan and he bounde him a thousand yeres 3 And caste him into the bottomles pit and he shut him vp and sealed the dore vpon hym that he shulde deceiue the people no more til the thousand yeres were fulfilled for after that he must be losed for a litle season 4 And I sawe seates ād they sate vpon them and iudgement was giuen vnto them and I sawe the soules of thē that were beheaded for the witnes of Iesus and forthe worde of God and whiche did not worship the beast nether hys image nether had taken hys marke vpon their forheads or on their handes and they liued and reigned with Christ a thousand yere 5 But the rest of the dead men shall not lyue againe vntil the thousand yeres be finished this is the first resurrection 6 Blessed and holie is he that hathe parte in the firste resurrection for on suche the seconde death hath no power but they shal be the Priests of God and of Christ and shall reigne with him a thousand yere 7 * And when the thousande yeres are expired Satan shal be losed out of his prison 8 And shall go oute to deceyue the people whyche are in the foure quarters of the earth euen Gog and Magog to gather them together to battel whose nomber is as the sand of the sea 9 And they wente vp into the plaine of the earth whyche compassed the tentes of the Saintes aboute and the beloued citie but fyre came downe frome God out of heauen and deuoured them 10 And the deuil that deceiued them was cast into a lake of fyre and brimstone where the beast and the false prophete shal be tormented euen day and night for euermore 11 And I sawe a greate white throne and one that sate on it frome whose face fled awaye bothe the earth and heauen and their place was no more founde 12 And I sawe the dead bothe great and small stand before God and the bokes were ope ned and * another boke was opened which is the boke of lyfe and the dead were iudged of those things whiche were written in the bokes according to their workes 13 And the sea gaue vp her dead whiche were in her and death and hell deliuered vp the dead which were in them and they were iud ged euerie man according to their workes 14 And death and hell were cast into the lake of fyre this is the seconde death 15 And whosoeuer was not founde wrytten in the boke of lyfe was caste into the lake of fyre CHAP. XXI 3. 14. The blessed estate of the godlie 8. 〈◊〉 And the miserable condicion of the wicked 11 The description of the heauenlie Ierusalem and of the wife of the Lambe 1 ANd I sawe * a newe heauen and a newe earth for * the firste heauen and the first earth were passed away and there was no more sea 2 And I Iohn sawe the holye citie newe Ierusalem come downe from God out of heauen prepared as a bride trimmed for her housband 3 And I heard a great voyce out of heauen saying Be hold the Tabernacle of God is with men and he will dwell with them and they 〈◊〉 his people and God him selfe shal be their God with them 4 * And God shall wipe away all teares frome their eyes and there shal be no more death nether sorowe nether crying nether shall there be anie more paine for the first things are passed 5 And he that sate vppon the throne sayd * Beholde I make all things newe and he sayd vnto me Write for these wordes are faythful and true 6 And he sayd vnto me * It is done I am and the beginning and the end I will giue to him that is a thirst of the well of the water of life frely 7 He that ouercometh shall inherite all thinges and I will be his God and he shal be my sonne 8 But the fearefull and vnbeleuing and the abominable and murderers and who remon gers and sorcerers and idolaters and all lyars shal haue their parte in the lake whiche burneth with fyre and brimstone whiche is the seconde death 9 And there came vnto me one of the seuen Aungels whiche had the seuen viales full of the seuen laste plagues and talked with me saying Come I will shewe thee the bride the Lambes wife 10 And he caryed me awaye in the spirite to a great and an hie mountaine and he shewed me the great citie holie Ierusalem descen ding out of heauen from God 11 Hauing the glorie of God and her shyning was like vnto a stone moste precious as a Iasper stone cleare as cristal 12 And had a great wal and hie and had twelue gates and at the gates twelue Aungels and the names written whiche are the twelue tribes of the children of Israel 13 On the East parte there were thre gates and on the Northside thre gates on the Southside thre gates and on the Westside thre gates 14 And the wall of the citie had twelue fundacions and in them the names of the Lambes twelue Apostles 16 And he that talked wyth me had a golden rede to measure the citie with all and the ga tes thereof and the wall thereof 16 And the citie laye foure square and the length is as large as the bredth of it and he measured the citie wyth the rede twelue thousande furlongs and the length and the bredth and the height of it are equal 17 And he measured the wall thereof an hundreth fortie and foure cubites by the measure of man that is of the Angel 18 And the buyldyng of the wall of it was of Iasper and the citie was pure golde like vnto cleare glasse 19 And the fundacions of the wall of the citie were ganished with all maner of precious stones the first fundacion was Iasper the second of Saphire the third of a Chalcedonie the fourth of an Emeraude 20 The fift of a Sardonyx the sixt of a Sardius the seuenth of a Chrysolite the eigh of a Beryl the ninth of a Topaze the tenth of a Chri sophrasus the eleuenth of a Iacinth the twelueth an Amethist 21 And the twelue gates were twelue pearles and euerie gate is of one pearle and the strete of the citie is pure golde as shinyng glasse 22 And I sawe no Temple therein for the Lord God almightie and the Lambe are the Temple of it 23 * And the citie hathe no nede of the sunne nether of
7. yeres Elom 10. yeres Abaton 8. yeres Sampson 20. yeres Heli Iudge and Priest 44. yeres Samuel and Saul reigned 40. yeres Dauid was King 40. yeres Salomon in the. 4. yere of his reigne began the buylding of the Temple These are the. 480. yeres mencioned in the first of the Kings the. 6. chap. FRom the first buyldyng of the Temple vnto the captiuitie of Babylon are 419. yeres and an halfe Salomon reigned yet 36. yeres Roboam 17. yeres Abia. 3. yeres Iosaphat 25. yeres Ioram 8. yeres Ochasias one yere Athalia the Quene 7. yeres Ioas. 40. yeres Amasias 29. yeres Ozias 52. yeres Ioathan 16. yeres Achas 16. yeres Ezechias 29. yeres Manasses 55. yeres Amon. 2. yeres Iosias 31. yeres Ioachas 3. moneth Eliacim 11. yeres Ioachim Iechonias 3. moneth And here beginneth the captiuitie of Babylon The summe of these yeres are 419. yeres IErusalem was testified and buylded againe after the captiuitie of Babylon 143. yeres The captiuitie continued 70 yeres The children of Israel were deliuered and restored to their fredome in the first yere of Cyrus The Temple was begonne to be builded in the 2 yere of the said Cyrus and finished in the 46 yere which was the 6 yere of Darius After that 〈◊〉 had reigned 20 yere Nehemias restored to libertie and went to 〈◊〉 de the citie which was finished in 32. yere of the said Darius All the yeres from the buylding of Temple againe are 26 yeres The whole summe of yeres amount to 143 yeres FRom the reedifying of the citie v the comming of Christ are 483 yeres after this supputation or 〈◊〉 bring It is mencioned in the 9 of Daniel Ierusalem shulde be buylt vp 〈◊〉 and that from that time vnto the 〈◊〉 ming of Christ are 67 weekes 〈◊〉 euerie weeke is reckened for 〈◊〉 yeres So 67 weekes amount to 〈◊〉 yeres For from the 32 yere of 〈◊〉 vnto the 42 yere of 〈◊〉 in which yere our Sauiour 〈◊〉 borne are iust and complet 〈◊〉 yeres whereupon we 〈◊〉 from Adam vnto Christ are 39 six moneths and ten dayes 〈◊〉 the byrth of Christ vnto this yere is 1560. Then the whole summe and 〈◊〉 yeres from the beginning of 〈◊〉 de vnto this present yere of out God 1560 are iust 5534. 6 mon. the said oddeten dayes The End IOSHVA CHAP. 1. VERS 8. Let not this boke of the Lavv departe out of thy mouth but mediate therein daye and night that thou mayest obserue and do according to all that is vvritten therein so shalt thou make thy vvay prosperous and then shalt thou haue good successe () 1. Cor. 3. 17. () 1. Tim. 3. 14. () Ephes 1. 22. () Ebr. 3. 6. () Ezra 4. () 1. Esdr. 2 16. () 〈◊〉 4. 7. () Ezra 4. 2. () Nehem 6. 10. () Nechem 6. 18. () Nehem. 〈◊〉 1. () Iohn 2. 10. () Ezra 3. 12. () 2. Cor. 2 〈◊〉 () Ebr. 13. 20. () 1. Pet. 1. 19. () The enemies whi che labour to stay religion () Ezra 4. 1. () 2. Tim. 4. 10. () Amos. 7. 12. () 3. Iohn 9. () Act 19. 24. () The necessitie of gods worde for the reforming of religion () Iohn 1. 〈◊〉 () 1. Iohn 14. 23. () 〈◊〉 23. 29. () Ebr. 4. 12. () The grounde of true religion () Al impediments must be taken away () 2. king 23 15. () 2 〈◊〉 34 〈◊〉 () Iosias zeale and true 〈◊〉 to God () 〈◊〉 3. 5. () Leui. 〈◊〉 6. () Deut. 18. 11. () 2. Chro. 35. 22. () 2. Chro. 14. 5. and 〈◊〉 5. () Wherein standeth the 〈◊〉 of kingdomes () 2. Chro. 15. 8. () What 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 and the 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 () 1 king 3. 9. () 2. 〈◊〉 1. 10. () Exod. 31. 1. () 〈◊〉 kyng 7. 14. () Diligence zeale are necessarie to builde 〈◊〉 spedely () 2. Chro. 34. 21. () 2. Chro. 34. 〈◊〉 () A solemne othe for the mayntenance of Gods 〈◊〉 () 2. Chro. 15. 13. () An act against thē that obeied not Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chro. 17. 7. and 19. 5. () What policie 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 religion () Deut. 6. 6. 〈◊〉 18. Gods worde must go before or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in vaine () We must 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with God 〈◊〉 30. 2. () The maner of building is as God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 bed by his 〈◊〉 Isa 〈◊〉 8. () Exod. 25. 4. () Act 7. 〈◊〉 () 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 () 〈◊〉 5 32. () 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 11. () Of 〈◊〉 we 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 con cerning the will of the Lord and knollage of his worde () Iere. 15 19. () Exod. 4. 12. () Mala. 2. 7. () Iudg. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 () 〈◊〉 sam 10 22. () 1. Sam. 9. 9. () 2. kyng 22. 13. () Exod. 28. 30. () VVhat is requisite in them that must giue counsel by Goddes worde () Iere. 23. 16. () Iosh. 9. 14. () 1. Sam. 〈◊〉 11. () 2. Chron. 35. 20. () The settyng vp of the buylding Ephes. 3. 17. () Gene. 〈◊〉 12. () Iohn 1. 15. () 1 Pet. 2. 5. () 2. Cor. 12. 〈◊〉 () 2 Peter 1. 10. () Ephes 4. 1. () Rom. 2. 12. () 2. Thess. 1. 7. () 2. Tim 3. 〈◊〉 () Reuel 12. 9. () Ephes. 4. 27. * This worde signifieth the beginning and generacion of the creatures Act. 14 15. 17. 24 a First of all and besore that a nie creature was God made heauen earth of nothing Psal. 33 6. 156. 5. Eccles. 18. 1. Ebr. 11. 3. b As a rude 〈◊〉 without anie 〈◊〉 in it for the waters coue red all c Darkenes couered the depe waters for 〈◊〉 yet the light 〈◊〉 c eated d He mainteined this cosuse heape by his secret power e The light was made before ether sunne or moone was crea ted herefore we must not attribute that to the creatures that are Gods 〈◊〉 which conely appertcineth 〈◊〉 god Psal. 33. 6 136. 5. Iere. 10. 12. 51. 15. () The 1 day “ Or spreadyng ouer and ayre Psal. 149 4. f As the sea and riuers frō those waters that are in the cloudes which are vphol dé by Gods power lest they sould ouer whelme the 〈◊〉 Psal. 3. 7. 89. 11. g That is the re gion of the ayre and all 〈◊〉 is aboue vs. () The 2 day h So that we se it is the 〈◊〉 po wer of Gods worde that maketh the earth 〈◊〉 which cls naturally is baren Psal. 〈◊〉 7. Deut. 4. 19. i This sentence is so oft repeared to signifie that God made all his creatures to serue to his glorie to the profit of man but for sinne 〈◊〉 were 〈◊〉 sed yet to the elect by Christ they are restored serue to their welth () The 3. day k By the 〈◊〉 he meaneth the sūne the moone the slarres l Which is the at tificial day from the sunne rising to the going downe m Of things apperteining to na tural and political ordres and seasons n To wit the sunne and the moone and
for a time that portiō to the 〈◊〉 which shulde after be an inheritance for all people 〈◊〉 f To treache thē to flie “ Or god of stran ge nacion g Meaning of the land of Cana an which was hie in respect of Egypt h That is abundāce of al things euen in the very rockes †Ebr. blood i He 〈◊〉 what is the principal end 〈◊〉 our 〈◊〉 k By changynge hys 〈◊〉 for their superstitiōs l Scripture calleth newe 〈◊〉 man 〈◊〉 teth be the error neuer so olde m He calleth 〈◊〉 Gods 〈◊〉 not to honour 〈◊〉 but to 〈◊〉 them from what dignitie they are 〈◊〉 Rom. 10. 19. n VVhich I haue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 my Lawes vnto them o They shal be 〈◊〉 bothe in the fielde and at home p 〈◊〉 to se the godly affli cted and attribu tyng that to thē selues whiche is wroght by Gods hande q They wolde consider the felicitie that was prepared for thē if they had obeyed God “ Or deliuered them to theyr enemie r The 〈◊〉 of the wicked are as poyson 〈◊〉 to God ād dangerous 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 28 1. Rom. 12. 19. Ebr. 10. 30. “ Or change his minde f VVhen nether strong nor weake in a 〈◊〉 remaine 1 kyng 2. 6. Tob. 23. 2. VVisd 16. 13. t That is I sweare read Ge. 14. 〈◊〉 Rom. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 u VVhether the bloode of Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shed for they sinnes or trial 〈◊〉 theyr fayth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to reuēge it “ Or Ioshua Chap. 6. 6. and 11. 18. x For 〈◊〉 wil performe my 〈◊〉 s vnto you 〈◊〉 55. 10. Nom. 27. 〈◊〉 Gene. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 20. 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Nomb. 20. 12. and 27. 14. “ Or of strife y Ye were not earnest and constant to maintei ne mine honour a This blessinge 〈◊〉 not onelye a simple prayer but an assurance of the effect thereof b Meaning infinit Angels c Ebr. his Saintes that is the children of Israel d As thy disciples e To vs and 〈◊〉 successors “ Or Moses “ Or Israel f Reuben shal be one of the tribes of Gods people thogh for his sin ne his honour be diminished and hys familie but smale g Signifying that he 〈◊〉 hardely 〈◊〉 Iaakobs ' promes Gene. 49. 8. Exod 28. 30. h He 〈◊〉 Gods glorie to all 〈◊〉 affection Exod. 32. 29. i He declareth that the ministers of God haue manie enemies and 〈◊〉 haue nede to be 〈◊〉 yed for k Because the 〈◊〉 shulde be 〈◊〉 in zion whiche was in tribe of Beniamin he sheweth that God shulde 〈◊〉 with him 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 l VVhiche was God appearyng vnto Moses Exod. 3. 2. Gene. 49. 26. “ Or strength m In thy prosperous viages vpō the sea “ Or moūtzion Gene. 49. 13. n The tribe of 〈◊〉 bulun o So that the por tion of the Gadites and others on this side lorden was Gods thogh it was not so 〈◊〉 p Meanyng nere the sea q Thou shalt be stronge or thy 〈◊〉 full of metal It semeth that Simeon is left out because he was vnder Iu dah and his porcion of his inheritāce Iosh. 19 9. r VVho was plētifull in issue as a founteine s Thine enemies for feare shal lie and faine to be in subiection a VVhich was a parte of mounte Abatim Nomb. 27. 12. Chap. 〈◊〉 27. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2. 〈◊〉 b Called Mediterraneum Gen. 12. 7. 13. 15. c To wit the An gel of the Lord. 〈◊〉 9. d That the iewes might 〈◊〉 haue occasion thereby to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 e Hereby appeareth the fauour of God that 〈◊〉 not his Chur che 〈◊〉 of a 〈◊〉 f Vnto whome the Lord did reueile him selfe 〈◊〉 plainely g Meaning 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 power of God working by Mosés in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a The beginning of this boke dependeth on the last chap of Deut which was writen by Ioshua as a preparacion to his historie Chap. 14. 9. Deut. 11. 24. b Of zin called Kadésh and Parán “ Or Euphrates c Meaning the whole land of Canáan d Called 〈◊〉 Ebr. 13. 〈◊〉 “ Or growe 〈◊〉 stronger Deut. 5. 32. e He sheweth wherein consisteth true 〈◊〉 ritie euē to obey the word of God f Shewing that it was not possible to gouerne wel without cōtinual studie of Gods worde “ Or gouerne 〈◊〉 sely g Meaning from the day that this was proclaimed Nomb. 32. 20. h 〈◊〉 belonged to 〈◊〉 the king of the Amo 〈◊〉 Oh king of 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 or de 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 i By your request but yet by Gods 〈◊〉 appointement Deut. 33 21. k They do not onely promise to 〈◊〉 hym 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God is with him but to helpe to 〈◊〉 al that 〈◊〉 against him a Which is 〈◊〉 was in the plaine of 〈◊〉 nere 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 “ Or tauerners houses or 〈◊〉 Ebr. 11. 21. 〈◊〉 2 25. b 〈◊〉 the wicked se the hand of God vpon thē yet they repent 〈◊〉 but seke how the may by their power resist his meanes c Meaning vpō the 〈◊〉 for thē their houses were 〈◊〉 aboue so that they might do their busines thereupon d For so God promised Deut. 28. 7. Chap. 5. 1. Exod. 14. 21. Nomb. 21 24. “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or spirit e 〈◊〉 appeareth the great mercie of God that in this commune 〈◊〉 he welde drawe a moste miserable 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 his Name “ Or liue f We 〈◊〉 you on peine of our liues g Which was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the citie h We shal be dis charged of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 if thou 〈◊〉 performe this condicion that followeth for so shalt thou and thine be deliuered i He shal be giltie of his owne death k So that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thinke to escape by the 〈◊〉 me meanes “ Or 〈◊〉 coulored l To wit the riuer 〈◊〉 a Whiche according to the Ebrewes was in Marche about 40. daies after Mosés death b Whiche time was giuen for to prepare thē 〈◊〉 Chap. 1. 11. “ Or a myle 〈◊〉 20 7. Nomb. 〈◊〉 18. 1. Sam. 15. 5. Chap. 7. 13. Chap. 15. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the cha nel where the streame had rūne as vers 17. d By this miracle in deuiding the water e Whiche shulde set vp twelue stones in remem brance of the 〈◊〉 Psal. 114. 〈◊〉 Act. 7. 〈◊〉 Eccl. 24. 36. f Because the 〈◊〉 was 〈◊〉 med at this 〈◊〉 to be 〈◊〉 the miracle is so muche the greater g Ether tarying till the people were past or as 〈◊〉 read sure as thogh they had bene vpon the drye land Deut. 27. 8. a As Chap. 3. 17. b Meaning the place where 〈◊〉 shulde 〈◊〉 c God cōmādeth that not onely we our selues pro fit by his wōderful 〈◊〉 but that our posteritie may knowe the cause thereof and glorifie his Name d Besides the twelue stones whiche were caried by the tribes and set vp in Gigál e Meaning in the presence or sight of the people Nomb. 33. 〈◊〉 f That is the Arke “ Or reuerenced him g Because the Ar ke 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the tables of the
to the prophecie of 〈◊〉 1. King 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p Meaning the 〈◊〉 whiche came after him and caused him to eat cōtrary to the cōmandemēt of the Lord whiche were both two buried in one graue r. King 13 31. 2 Chro. 〈◊〉 1. 3 Esdr. 1 〈◊〉 Exod. 12 3. Deut. 16 2. q For the multitude and zoale of the people with the great prepara tion Leui 20 27. Deut 18 〈◊〉 r Because of the wicked hearts of the people which worde not turne vnto him by repentance 1 King 〈◊〉 23 〈◊〉 3 2. King 7 10. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 s 〈◊〉 he passed through his comtrey he feared lest he wolde 〈◊〉 done him hame and there fore wolde haue 〈◊〉 him yet 〈◊〉 consulted not with the Lord and therefore 〈◊〉 slaine 〈◊〉 Chro. 36. 1. t Meaning the wicked Kings before u Which was An tiochia in Syria called also Hamáth “ Or that he shul de not 〈◊〉 a In the end of the third yere of his 〈◊〉 and in the beginning of the fourte Dan. 1. 1. Chap. 20. 17. 21. 27. b Thogh God vsed these wicked tyrants to execute his iuste iudgements yet they are not to be excused becau se thei proceded of ambicion and malice c Not that hewas buryed with hvs fathers but he dyedin the way as they led him prisoner 〈◊〉 Babylon read Ierem 〈◊〉 19. “ Or Euphrates Dan. 1. 1. d That is yelded him selfe vnto him by the counsel of 〈◊〉 e In the reigne of the Kynge of Babylon Chap. 20. 17. Isa. 39. 6. 2. Chro. 36. 10 Esther 2 6. 〈◊〉 37. 1. 〈◊〉 52. 1. f Out of Ierusalém and Iudah 〈◊〉 Babylon a 〈◊〉 is of zedekiah Iere 〈◊〉 30. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b VVhich 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cal 〈◊〉 and it 〈◊〉 part of December and parte of Ianuarie “ Or amount c In so muche that the 〈◊〉 did eat their 〈◊〉 Lament 4. 10. d VVhiche was a 〈◊〉 dore or some secret gate to issue our at e Or condemned him for his per iurie and treason 1. Chro. 36. 〈◊〉 f Ieremie 〈◊〉 Cha. 〈◊〉 12 the 〈◊〉 daye because the fyre continued f ō the seuenth daye to the tenth “ Or captaine of the garde g VVhile the 〈◊〉 geindured Chap. 20. 17. Iere. 27. 22. h Of these read Exod. 27. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 King 7. 〈◊〉 Ierem 52. 21. 2. Chro 3. 15. i That is one appointed to succede in the hie Priestes row me if he were sicke or els otherwise letted k let emie maketh mencion of 〈◊〉 but here he speaketh of them 〈◊〉 were the chiefest Iere. 40. 5. 9. l That is he did exhorte them in the Name of the Lord accordynge to Ieremies counsel to submit thē selues to Nebuchadnezzar seing it Was the reueled will of the Lord. Iere. 41. 1. m Cōtrary to 〈◊〉 counsel lerem 40. 41 42. 43. n Thus long was he his wife hys children in Babylon whome 〈◊〉 sonne after hisfa ther 's death preferred to honour thusby Gods prouidēce of the sede of Dauid was 〈◊〉 euen vnto Christ. o Meaning that he had an 〈◊〉 in the court †Ebr. wordes of dayes “ Or of thynges omitted to Wit in the bokes of the Kings a Meanynge that Sheth was Adās sonne and Enos h Sheths sonne b It had bene sufficic̄t to haue named Shē of whome came Abrahā and Dauid but be cause the worlde was restored by these thre menciō is also made of Ham and Iapheth Gen. 10 2. “ Or Riphath “ Or Rodanim c VVho firste did lift vp him selfe aboue others Gen. 10 8. Gen. 10. 22. 11. 10. d Of whom came the Syrians and therefore thei are called Aramites throughout al the Scripture e Of him came the Ebrewes whiche were afterwarde called 〈◊〉 of Israél which was 〈◊〉 and Iewes of Iudah because of the excellencie of that tribe f He repeateth Shē againe because he wold come to the stock of 〈◊〉 g VVho came of Shem and of him Shélah Gen. 16. 11. 17. 〈◊〉 21. 2. Gen 25. 13. “ Or 〈◊〉 h Read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gen. 25. 4. Gen. 21 2. i These 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mothers Read 〈◊〉 36. 4. “ Or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 k 〈◊〉 was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gen. 36 4. l He is also called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mount 〈◊〉 Gene. 〈◊〉 20. m He maketh mēcion of the Kings that came of 〈◊〉 accordynge to Goddes 〈◊〉 made to Abrahā concerning hym that Kings shuld come of him These eight Kings reigned one after another in Idumeavnto the time of 〈◊〉 who cōquered their coun trey n VVhich was the principal 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 “ Or Pau. “ Or 〈◊〉 Gen. 29. 32. 30. 〈◊〉 35. 18. Gen. 38. 3. 46. 12. Chap. 4. 1. a Thogh Iudah was not I aakobs eldest sonne yet he first beginneth at him because he wold come to the genealogie of Dauid of whome came Christ. Gen. 38. 29. Mat. 1. 3. Ruth 4. 18. “ Or zabdi b Of these read 1. Kings 4. 31. “ Or Achan Ios h. 7. 1. c whome S. Mat. calleth Aram Mat. 1. 3. d That is chief of the familie “ Or Iesse 1 Sam. 16 19. 17 12. “ Or 〈◊〉 e VVho was called the sonne of Hezron vers 9. Exod 31. 2. f VVho was prince of mounte 〈◊〉 ad read Nomb. 〈◊〉 40. g That is the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the townes fromelairs children h Whiche was a towne named of the housband and wife called also Bethlehem Ephra tah i Meaning the chief and prince k who dyed whiles his father was alyue and therefore it is said ver 34. that Sheshan had no sonnes l That is the chief gouernor or prince of the ziphims because the prince ought to haue a father lie care and affection toward his people m This difference was betwene the wife and the concubine that the wife was taken with certeine solemnities of mariage and her chil dren did 〈◊〉 the concubine had no solemnities in mariage nether did her children inherit but had a porcion of goods or money giuen them Iosh. 15. 17. “ Or he that sawe the halfe because the prince ought to ouerse 〈◊〉 subiectes n Meaning the chief principal “ Or the zorites the halfe of the Manahthites o whiche were men learned and expert in the law p Read Nomb. 10 29. Iudg. 1. 16. a He returneth to the genealogie of Dauid to shewe that Christ came of his stocke b which 2. Sam. 3. 3. is called Cheleab borne of her that was 〈◊〉 wife the Carinelite c Onely Salomon was Dauids natu ral sonne the other thre were Vriahs whome Dauid made hys by adoption he that was begotten in adultetie dyed the eight daye is not rekenedamōg Dauids sonnes d Called also Bath shéba the daughter of Eliā so thei gaue them diuerse names e Elishama or Elis hua 2. Sam. 5. 15. Eliphélet dyed and Dauidnamed those sonnes whi che were next bor ne by the same names in the boke of Kings
that the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the dates of 〈◊〉 b He call th thē Gods enemies Which are enemies to his 〈◊〉 c The elect of God are his secret ones for he hideth 〈◊〉 the secret of l. 〈◊〉 preseiueth thē 〈◊〉 all dangers d Thei Were not 〈◊〉 to take the Church as pri soner but soght 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 destroi it e By all secret mean s. f 〈◊〉 thoght to haue 〈◊〉 thy coūsel Where in the perpetuitie of the Church Was established †Or 〈◊〉 g The Wickednes of the Ammonites and Moabites is described in that they prouoked these other nations to fight against the Israelites their 〈◊〉 h By these examples thei Were confirmed that God Wolde not suffer his people to be vtterly destroied i Troden vnder 〈◊〉 as myre k That is Iudea for Where his Church is there dwelleth he among them l Because the reprobat colde by no meanes be amended he praieth chatt ei maie 〈◊〉 be destroied be vnstable and led with all windes m That is be compelled by thy plagues to 〈◊〉 thy power Iudg. 7. 21. 4 15. n 〈◊〉 they 〈◊〉 not yet thei male proue by experience hat it is in vaine to resist against thy coun sel in establishing thy Church a Dauid complai neth that he can not haue accesse to the 〈◊〉 of God to make pro 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 and to 〈◊〉 in religion b For none but the 〈◊〉 colde enter into the Sā ctuarie and the rest of the people into the courtes c So that the poore birdes haue more 〈◊〉 then I. d VVho 〈◊〉 nothing in him self but in thee onely learneth of thee to rule his life e That is of mulberietrees which was a 〈◊〉 pla ce so that they which passed through mustdig pits for water signifying that no lets can hinder them that are ful ly bent to come to Christs Church nether yet that God wil euer faile them f They are neuer wearie but 〈◊〉 in strēgth couragetil thei come to Gods House g That is for Christs sake whose figure 〈◊〉 re present h He wolde 〈◊〉 to liue but one daye rather in Gods Church then a thousand among the worldelings i But 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to time increase his 〈◊〉 towards his more and more a They confesse that Gods fre mercie was the cause 〈◊〉 of their deliuerāce because he loued the lād which he had cho sen. b Thou host buryed them that they shal not come into iudge ment c Not onely in withdrawing thy rod but in forgiuing out sinnes in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 them d 〈◊〉 in times past they had 〈◊〉 Gods mercres so now being 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 lōg continuance of euils they pray vnto God that according to his nature he wolde be merciful vnto them e He 〈◊〉 that our 〈◊〉 commeth onely of Gods mercie f He wil send all 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 Church when he hathe sufficiently 〈◊〉 them 〈◊〉 by his punish ments the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 learne to beware that thei returne not to 〈◊〉 offences g Thogh for a time God thus exercise them with his rods yet vnder the kingdome of 〈◊〉 they shulde haue peace and ioye h Iustice shal then florish and haue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 passage in euerie place a Dauid 〈◊〉 of Saul thus praied leauing the same to the Church as a monument how to seke redresle against their mise 〈◊〉 b I am not enemie to thē but pitie thē thogh thei be cruel toward me c Which Was a sure tokē that he beleued that God wolde deliuer him d He doeth confesse that God is good to all but onely merciful to 〈◊〉 sinners e 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and calling 〈◊〉 ly he sheweth 〈◊〉 we 〈◊〉 not be wearie thogh God grante notforthewith our request but that we must earnestly and often call vpō him f He 〈◊〉 all idoles for asmuche as thei can do no workes to declare that thei are 〈◊〉 g This proueth that Dauid praied in the name of Christ the Messias of whose kingdome he doeth here prophecie h He confesseth him self ignorāt til God hathe taught him and his heart variable and 〈◊〉 from God til God 〈◊〉 it to him and confirme it in his obedience i That is from moste great danger of d 〈◊〉 of the which none but onely the mightie hand of God colde deliuer him k He sheweth that there can be no moderation nor equitie where proude 〈◊〉 reigne and that the lacke of Gods feare is as a priviledge to all vice and crueltie l He 〈◊〉 not of his owne vertues but confesseth that God of his fre goodnes hathe 〈◊〉 benemerciful vnto him and giuen him power against his enemies as to one of his owne housholde Psal. lxxxvii a God did chuse that place amonge the hils to establish Ierusalém and hys Temple b Thogh thy glorious estate do not yet appeare yet 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 and God wil 〈◊〉 his promes c That is 〈◊〉 these other cōtreis shal come to the knowledge of God d It shal be said of him that is regenerat and come to the Church that he is as one that was 〈◊〉 in the Churche e Out of all quarters thei shal come into the Church be counted as citizens f VVhen he calleth by his worde them into the Church 〈◊〉 he had elected and writen in his boke g The Prophet 〈◊〉 his whole affections and 〈◊〉 in the Church 1. King 4 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a That is tohūble It was the hegynning of a song by the tune where of this Psalme was song b Thogh many crye in their sorowes yet they crye not earnestly to GOD for remedye as he 〈◊〉 he cōfessed to be the autor of his saluaciō c For he that is dead is 〈◊〉 from all cares and busines of this life and thus he saieth because he was vnprofirable for all 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mans life and as it were cut 〈◊〉 from this 〈◊〉 d That is from thy preuidence care whiche is ment according to the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 He 〈◊〉 the losse displeasure of his friendes to Gods 〈◊〉 whereby he partly 〈◊〉 partly 〈◊〉 his e The stormes of thy 〈◊〉 haue 〈◊〉 whelmed me g I senone ende of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 h Mine eies face declare my sorowes i He sheweth that the time is more conueniēt for God to helpe whē men 〈◊〉 vnto hym in 〈◊〉 dāgers them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 till they be 〈◊〉 and then raise 〈◊〉 vp againe k That is in 〈◊〉 graue where only 〈◊〉 bodie lieth 〈◊〉 all sense and remembrāce l I am euer in great dangers and sorowes as thogh my life shulde vtterly 〈◊〉 cut of eue rie moment †Ebr. were in 〈◊〉 a Thogh the horri ble confusion of things might cause them to despaire of Gods 〈◊〉 yet the manifolde examples of hys me 〈◊〉 cause thē to trust in GOD thogh to mās iud gement thei sawe none occasion b A she that surely beleued ī hea t. c As thine inuisible heauen is not subiect to anie alteracion change so shal the
suche a multitude that shall come vp at once meaning vnder the preaching of the Gospel whereof they that came vp 〈◊〉 of Babylon were a figure k Declaring hereby that as by his power and proui dēce woman trauaileth and is deli uered so hathe he power to 〈◊〉 forth his Churche at his time appointed l That ye may reioyce for all the benefites that God bestoweth vpon his Church m I will giue her 〈◊〉 and prosperitie in greate abundance n Read Chap. 60. 16. o Ye shal be cheris hed as her dere lie beloued children p Ye shall haue newe strength and new beautie q This vengeance God begā to execute at the destruction of Babylon and hathe euer continued it againste the ennemies of his Churche and will do till the laste 〈◊〉 whiche shal be the accomplishement thereof r Meaning the hypocrites s VVhereby are ment them that did maliciously transgresse the Lawe by eating beasts forbidden euen to the mouse which abhorreth nature t The Gentiles shal be partakers of that 〈◊〉 which before I shewed to the Iewes u I will marke these that I chuse that they perishe not with the rest of the infideles whereby he alludeth to the marking of the postes of his people whome he preset ued Exod. 〈◊〉 7. x I wil scatter the rest of the Iewes whiche escape destruction into diuers 〈◊〉 y That is Cilicia z Meaning 〈◊〉 a To wit Lidia or Asia minor b Signifying the Parthians c Italie d Grecia e Meaning 〈◊〉 Apostles 〈◊〉 and others which he did first chuse of the 〈◊〉 to preache vnto the Gentiles f 〈◊〉 is the 〈◊〉 whiche by 〈◊〉 shal be made the children of Abraham as you are g VVhereby he meaneth that no necessarie meanes shal want when God shal call the Gentiles to the knowledge of the Gospel h 〈◊〉 wit of the Gentiles as he did 〈◊〉 Timothie and 〈◊〉 first and others after to preache his worde i Hereby he signifieth the kingdome of Christ wherein 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Church shal be renued and Where as before there were appointed 〈◊〉 to sacrifice in this there shal be one continual Sabbath so that all times and seasons shal be 〈◊〉 k As he hathe declared the felicitie that shal be within the Church for the comfort of the godlie so doeth he shewe what 〈◊〉 calamitie shal come to the wicked that are out of the Church l Meaning a continual torment of conscience 〈◊〉 shal euer gnawe them and neuer suffer them to be 〈◊〉 rest Mark 9. 44 m This is the iuste recompence for the wicked which contemning God and his worde shal be by Gods iuste iudgement abhorred of all his creatures a That is the sermons and prophecies b VVhich is thoght to be he that founde the booke of the Law vnder King 〈◊〉 2. King 22 8. c This was a citie about thre miles distant from Ieru salem and belonged to the Priests the sonnes of Aaron Iosh 〈◊〉 18. d This is spoken to confirme his 〈◊〉 and offi ce forasmuche as he did not presume of him self to preache and prophecie but was called thereunto by God c This was a citie about thre miles distant from Ieru salem and belonged to the Priests the sonnes of Aaron Iosh 〈◊〉 18. f Of the eleuenth yere of Zedekiah who was also called 〈◊〉 and at this time Iewes were caried away into Babylō by 〈◊〉 e Meaning the nephewe of 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 was his father who 〈◊〉 but thre moneth and therefore is not mencioned no more is 〈◊〉 that reigned no longer g The Scripture vseth this maner of speache to decla re that God hathe appointed his mi nisters to their offices 〈◊〉 thei were borner as 〈◊〉 49. 1. gal 1. 〈◊〉 h For Ieremiah did not onely 〈◊〉 phecie against the Iewes but also against the Egyptians Moabites and other naciōs i Considering the great iudgement of God which ac cording to his threatnings shulde come vpon the worlde he was moued with 〈◊〉 teine 〈◊〉 on the one 〈◊〉 to pitie them that 〈◊〉 thus perish and on the other side by the infirmitie of mās nature knowing how hard a thing it was to enterprise suche a charge as Isa. 6. 11. exod 〈◊〉 1. 4 1. k VVhich declareth that God maketh them mete and assureth them whome he 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 forthe his glorie 〈◊〉 them all meanes necessarie for the same Exod 4 12. Isa. 6. 7 l He 〈◊〉 what is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of Gods true ministers which by his wor de haue power to beat downe whatsoeuer lifteth it self vp against God and to plant assure the humble and suche as giue them selues to the obedience of Gods worde 2 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 4. ebr 4. 12. and these are the keyes which Christ hathe left to loose and binde Mat. 18 18. m He ioyneth the signe with the worde for a more 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifying by the rod of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whiche firste buddeth the hastie comming of the. Babylonians against the Iewes n Signifying that the Caldeans and Assytians shulde be as a pot to seeth the Iewes whiche boyled in theyr pleasures lustes o Syria and Assyria were North ward in respect of Ierusalém which were the Caldeās dominion p I wil giue them charge power to execute my vēgeance against the idolaters whiche haue for saken me for their idoles q Which declareth that Gods vengeā ce is prepared against thē whiche dare 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 faithfully ether for 〈◊〉 of mā or for anie other cause 1. Cor. 9. 16. r Signifying on the one parte that the more that Satan the worlde rage against Gods manisters the more present will he he to helpe them Iosh. 1. 5. Ebr. 13. 5. and on the other parte that thei are vtterly vnmete to serue God hys Church which are afraide do not resiste wickednes whatsoeuer danger depende there on Isa 50. 7. eze 3. 8 a Accordynge to that grace and 〈◊〉 whiche I 〈◊〉 thee from the beginning when I did firste chuse thee to be my people maried thee to my self Ezek 16. 3. b When I had deliuered thee out of Egypt c Chosen about all other to serue the Lord onely the first offred to the Lord of all other nations Chap. 11. d VVhosoeuer did chaleng this people or els did annoy them was punished e That is fallen to most vileidolatrie f Altogether giuē to vanitie and are become blinde incensible as the idoles that thei serue g VVherefor Iacke of all things ne cessarie for life ye tolde loke for euerie houre but present death h By your idolatrie and wicked maners i Thei taught not the people to seke after God k As the Scribes which shulde haue expounded the Law to the people l Meaning the princes and mini sers signifiing that all estates were corrupt m That is spake vaine things and broght the people from the 〈◊〉 Worship of God to 〈◊〉 idoles for by Baal which was the chief idole n Signifying that he wolde not
q Meaning the Cal deans and other infidels which thoght God had vtterly cast of Iudah and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Beniamin because he did correct them for a time for their amende ment a VVho 〈◊〉 of Ieremiáh was called 〈◊〉 and of others 〈◊〉 2. Chr. 36. 19. Chap. 29. 〈◊〉 and 23. 3. b Not of any violent death c The Iewes shal 〈◊〉 for thee 〈◊〉 lord King d VVhen the enemie was at hand and thei 〈◊〉 we thē selues in danger thei wolde seme holy and so began some kinde of reformation but sone after they 〈◊〉 their hypocrisie e According to the Lawe Exod. 21. 2. 〈◊〉 13. Ebr. returned †Or bondage Deut. 15. 1. f Meaning in the Temple to declare that it was a most solemne and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 made 〈◊〉 the Name of the Lord. g That is I 〈◊〉 the sworde libertie to destroy 〈◊〉 h As touching 〈◊〉 maner of solemne couenant whiche the Ancient vsed by passing betwene 〈◊〉 two partes of abeast to 〈◊〉 that the 〈◊〉 of the same couenāt shul de be so diuided in pieces read 〈◊〉 15. 10. i To 〈◊〉 against the Egyptians 〈◊〉 Chap. 37. 11. a For the 〈◊〉 and order of these prophecies 〈◊〉 Chap. 27. 〈◊〉 b Thei came of Hobà b Moses father in law who was no 〈◊〉 but after 〈◊〉 with them in the seruice of God c That is a Prophete “ 〈◊〉 dore d The Prophet saith not The Lord saith thus for thē thei ought to haue obeyed but he 〈◊〉 to another end that is to declare their obedience toman seing the Iewes wolde not obey God him selfe e Whome Iehu the King of Israel fauored for his zeale 2. King 10. 15. f Teaching thē hereby to flee 〈◊〉 occasion of intempe rancie ambicion and auarice that thei migh knowe that thei were strā gers in the earth and be ready to de part at all occasiōs g Which was now for the space of threhundreth yeres from 〈◊〉 to Iehoiakim h Which declareth that thei were not so bound to their vowe that it colde not be broken for any necessities for where thei we recommanded to dwell in 〈◊〉 thei dwel now at Ieru salém for feare of the warres i Whome I haue chosen to be my children seing the se whiche were the children of an heathen man obei ed the commande 〈◊〉 of their fathers k I haue most 〈◊〉 exhorted warned you 〈◊〉 by my selfe 〈◊〉 Prophetes Chap. 18. 11 〈◊〉 5. l That is by his Prophets and 〈◊〉 which sheweth that it is as muche as though he shulde speake to vs him selfe when he sendeth his ministers to speake in his 〈◊〉 m His posteritie shall continue and be in my fauour for euer a Read Chap. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b VVhich were twenty and 〈◊〉 yere as Cha 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from the thirtenth yere of 〈◊〉 reigne c As he did 〈◊〉 d Meaning in 〈◊〉 sō through 〈◊〉 lice of the Priestes e VVhich was pro claimed for feare of the Babyloniās as their custome was when thei 〈◊〉 warre or any great plague of God f He sheweth that fasting without 〈◊〉 repentan ce 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g These fast was then proclaimed and Baruch 〈◊〉 this roole which was a litle before that Ierusalem was first taken then 〈◊〉 and Daniel and his companions were led away ca 〈◊〉 h VVhich is the East ga te of the of the Temple i The 〈◊〉 were afraid seing God so offended and the wicked were 〈◊〉 for the 〈◊〉 of the punishement k Thei that were godlie among the princes gaue this counsel by whose meanes it is like that Ieremiah was 〈◊〉 for thei knewe the rage of the King and of the wicked to besuche that they colde not escape without danger of their liues l VVhich 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 of December m Shewing that the wicked in stead of repenting when thei heare Gods iudgements grow into farther malice against him his worde n Thus wese the continual 〈◊〉 that God hathe euer ouer his to preserue them from the rage of the wicked o Thogh the wicked thinke to haue abolished the worde of God when they haue burnt the boke thereof yet this de clareth that God wil not onely raise it vp 〈◊〉 but also increase it in greater abun dance to their cōdemnation as p These are Iehoiakims wordes q Thogh Iehoiachin his sonne suc ceded him yet because he reigned thre moneths it was estemed as no reigne vers 32. r Read Chap. 〈◊〉 19. 2. King 24. 17. 〈◊〉 2 Chro. 36. 10. Chap 52. 〈◊〉 a VVho was called Iehoiachin or Ieco niah b And called him zedekiah where as before his name was 〈◊〉 2 King 24. 17. †Ebr. hand c Because he was afraied of the Cal deans that came against him d That is was 〈◊〉 of prison and atii 〈◊〉 e To helpe the Iewes †〈◊〉 went vp †Or list not vp 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mindes f As somethinke to go to Anathoth his owne towne g By the which men went into the countrey of Beniamin †Ebr. fallest h Because it was a vile and 〈◊〉 prison Chap. 28. 4. †Ebr fall i That is so long as there was any bread in the citiethus God 〈◊〉 deth for his that he wil cause their enemies to 〈◊〉 them to that end whereunto he 〈◊〉 appointed them a For 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sent these to Ieremiah to inqui re at the Lord for the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 when Nabuchade 〈◊〉 came as Chap. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b 〈◊〉 Chap. 21 〈◊〉 “ Or discourageth c 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 when 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 d VVherin he 〈◊〉 uously offended in that that not onely he wolde not heate the 〈◊〉 spoken by the 〈◊〉 but also gaue him to the lusts of the wicked to be cruelly intreated †Ebr. 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 e To heare matters and giue sentence f 〈◊〉 is declared that the Prophet founde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 at this 〈◊〉 gers hands 〈◊〉 did by all them 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 which was to their great 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 †Ebr. vnder thine hand g VVhere the King had set him before to be at more 〈◊〉 as Chap. 37. 〈◊〉 h And yelde thy self vnto them i VVhiche 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 then the 〈◊〉 of God k VVhē 〈◊〉 and his mother with 〈◊〉 were 〈◊〉 away these women of the 〈◊〉 house were 〈◊〉 which 〈◊〉 takē 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and tell 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 zedekiah 〈◊〉 bene seduced by his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whiche haue 〈◊〉 him in the myre l Herein appeareth the 〈◊〉 of the Prophet who did dissemble to saue hys life albeit it was not to the denial of 〈◊〉 doctrine or to the 〈◊〉 of any 2. 〈◊〉 25 〈◊〉 Chap. 53. 4. a The gates and wales were broken dowen b VVhiche was a posterne dore read 2. King 25. 〈◊〉 c VVhiche is called 〈◊〉 in Syria “ Or captaines of the garde d For the riche and the 〈◊〉 which
against the Gospel the more manifestly they declare that they runne to their own destruction and 〈◊〉 constant perseuerance for Christs sake is an euident signe of saluation q God sheweth by this meanes of bearyng the crosse who are hys and who are not “ Or Christes cause a If you so loue me that you desire my comfort b From the consent of Wils and mindes he proce deth to the agrement in 〈◊〉 that there might be ful and perfect cōcorde Nom. 12. 10. Mat. 20. 〈◊〉 c If Christ being verie God equall with the Father laid aside his glo rie and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because a seruaunt ād willingly submitted him self to moste shameful death shal whiche are nothing but vile sclaues through arrogācie 〈◊〉 downe our 〈◊〉 and preferre our selues d For he that was God shuld haue done none iniurie to the Godhead e The poore and weake nature of man f He was sene ād heard of men so that his behauiour and persone declared that he 〈◊〉 as a miserable man Ebr. 2. 9. g VVorship and be subiect to him Rom 14. 11. Isa 45. 23. Iohn 13. 13. I. Cor. 8. 6. and 〈◊〉 3. h Runne forwarde in that race of righteous nes wherein God hathe 〈◊〉 placed you throu ghe Iesus Christ ād cōducted you his children by his Spirit to walke in good workes and so to make your vocation sure i 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 make your careful and 〈◊〉 k VVhiche is 〈◊〉 fregrace 1. Pet. 4. 9. Mat. 5. 19. l As they which in the night 〈◊〉 forth a candle to giue light to others m The Gospel n The worde signifieth to pow er out as the drinke 〈◊〉 was powred on the sacrifice o To confirme you in your faith Act. 16. 1. p They rather soght 〈◊〉 by their preachyng 〈◊〉 Gods glorie 1. Cor. 10. 24. q He calleth it here the worke of Christ to visit Christ who was bonde in the per sone of Paul and was in nede of necessaries r He 〈◊〉 them which hazard their life to relieue the priso ners of Christ. a VVhiche ye haue often hard of me b VVhich barke against the true doctrine to fill their bellies c The false 〈◊〉 gloried in their circumcision whereunto Saint Paul here alludeth calling them concision which is cutting of and tearyng 〈◊〉 sundre of the Churche d In outwarde things 〈◊〉 Cor. 11. 22. Act. 23. 6. “ Or profession e As one grafted in him 〈◊〉 faith f That is to lyfe 〈◊〉 lasting g Or haue nowe taken ful possession thereof not that he douted to atteine vnto it but because he wolde declare the excellencie thereof h VVe can runne no further 〈◊〉 God 〈◊〉 vs strength ād sheweth vs the way i That is to obteine the crown of glorie in the heauens k Or haue more profited then others l This perfection standeth inforsa king sinne and to be renued through faith by him whiche is onely 〈◊〉 m That is that this is the true wisdome and straight rule of liuing Rom. 15. 5. 1. Cor. 1. 10. Rom. 10. 17. n That is of the Gospel which is the preaching of the crosse “ 〈◊〉 rewarde o The vaine glorie whiche they seke after in this worlde shal turne to their confu sion and shame p In minde and affection 1. Cor. 1. 7. 〈◊〉 2. 11. Psal. 69. 18. Luke 10. 20. Reuel 3. 5. and. 10. 8. and 21. 27. a This boke Ezekiel calleth the writting of the house of Israel and the secret of the Lord. Mat. 6. 25. b To succour 〈◊〉 Chap. 13. 9. c 〈◊〉 Satan who seketh to take from vs this peace of 〈◊〉 d That is begyn a newe to helpe me e That I was not able to endure my pouertie f Not of his own vertue of 〈◊〉 g VVhen I firste preached the Go spel vnto you h He had giuen of his parte in communicating which them spiritual things but he receiued no thynge of them whiche ought at least to haue relieued him in his necessitie “ Or abunde towarde your counte i Of suche as 〈◊〉 belong to the Emperour 〈◊〉 a VVhiche was a citie of Phrygia b For without Christ there is no faith to be saued by but onely a vaine opinion c VVhich cometh of the holy Gost. d That is Gods Eplies 4. 1. Philip. 1. 27. 1. Thes. 2. 12. 1. Cor. 1. 5. Mat. 3. 17. and 17. 5. 2. Peter 1. 17. e For God is is made visible in the 〈◊〉 he of Christ and the diuinitie dwelleth in him corporally f Borne before 〈◊〉 thinge was created 〈◊〉 1. 3. Iohn 1. 3. g He that rose first againe from the dead to take possession of life euer lasting whi che rising maye be called a newe birth 1. Cor. 15. 20. h That the Churche which is his bodie might receiue of his abūdance Reuel 1 5. i That is the whole Churche 〈◊〉 1. 14. Chap. 2 9. Luk. 1. 75. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 1. 〈◊〉 Ephe. 1. 4. 〈◊〉 2. 11. Iohn 15. 6. k Or your commoditie l As Christ hathe once suffered in him self to redeme his Churche and to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it so doeth he 〈◊〉 suffer in his members as partake of their infirmities and therfore a reuenger of their iniuries Roma 16. 25. Ephes. 3. 9. m VVhiche is the 〈◊〉 of Christ ād of the calling of the Gentiles 2. Tim. 1. 10. 〈◊〉 1. 2. 1. Peter 1. 20 n Whom he hath elected and consecrated to hym by Christ. 1. Timo 1. 1. “ Or peine and 〈◊〉 a Me present 〈◊〉 bodie 1. Cor. 5. 3. b In bodie c In minde 1. Cor. 1. 5. d Teaching you vaine 〈◊〉 as worshiping of Angels of blinde ceremo nies and beggerlie 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 no we they haue none vse seynge Christ is come e In sayng that the Godhead is really in Christ he sheweth 〈◊〉 he is verie God also saying in him he declareth two distincte natures and by thys worde dwelleth he 〈◊〉 that it is there for euer Chap 1. 19. “ Or essentially Iohn 1. 14. Rom. 2. 19. f Made by the Spirit of Christ. g In beleuynge that God by his power raised vp Christ whereof we haue a sure to ken in our Baptisme Or vs all our Rom 6. 4. Ephe. 1. 19. “ Or obligation Ephe. 2. 1. Ephe. 2. 13. h The 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 were as it were 〈◊〉 publyke profession ād hand wryttynge of the miserable state of mā kinde for circumcision did declare our natural 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 and washings signified the 〈◊〉 of sinne the sacrifices testified that we were giltie of deathe whiche were al taken away by Christs death i As Satan and his Angels from whome he hath taken al power k Or distinction as to make difference betwixt dayes l Meaning that the 〈◊〉 thē at their pleasure into all superstition error Mat. 24. 4. m And 〈◊〉 nothing to the kingdome of God Or defraude 〈◊〉 of your prise “ Or but they are of no value saue for the filling of the 〈◊〉 on Suche as men haue chosen according to their
through all the worlde so that the enemies shal be 〈◊〉 g The 〈◊〉 graces of Gods Spirit bent them selues against Antichrist h Beleue that that is written for there is no nede to write more for the vnderstanding of Gods 〈◊〉 Dan. 12. 7. i That is by God with whome Christ by his diuinitie is equall k The faithful shal vnderstand and se this myste rie of the last iud gement the 〈◊〉 nacion of Antichrist infideles and also the glorie of the iust at the 〈◊〉 l As S. Iohn vnderstode this by reuelation so is the same reueiled to the true preachers to discouer the Pope and Antichrist m Meaning Christ. n That is the holie Scripture which declareth that the minister must receiue them at the hand of God before he can preache them to others o Which signifieth that the ministers ought to receiue the worde into their hearts and to 〈◊〉 graue and depe iudgement and 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 it and with zeale to 〈◊〉 it p 〈◊〉 that albeit that the minister haue 〈◊〉 by the worde of God yet shal he haue sore and grieuous enemies which shal be trouble some vnto him q Not onely meaning in his lifetime but that this boke after his death shulde be as a preaching vnto all 〈◊〉 * Eze. 3. 1. a Which declareth that Christ Iesus wil builde his Churche and not haue it destroyed for he measureth out his spiritual Tem ple. b The Iewish temple was deuided into thre parts the bodie of the temple which is called the court whereinto euerie man entred the holie places where the leuits wereand the holiest of all whereinto the high Priest once a yere entred in respect therefore of thesetwo later the first is said to be cast out becau seas a thing prophane it is negle cted when the temple is measured and yet the aduersaries of Christ boast that 〈◊〉 are in the Tē ple ād that none are of the Temple but they c That is the Church of God e By two witnesses he meaneth all the preachers that shulde buylde vp Gods Church alluding to 〈◊〉 Iehoshua which were chiefly appointed for this thing and also to this saying In the mouthe of two 〈◊〉 slandeth euerieword f Signifying a c r teine time for whē God 〈◊〉 strength to his ministers their 〈◊〉 seme but as itwere for a day or two g In poore and simple apparel h Whereby are signified the 〈◊〉 graces of thē which beare witnes to the Gospel i Who hathe dominion ouer the whole earth k By Gods word whe eby his ministers discomsit the enemies l They denounce God iudgement against the wicked that they cā not enter into heauen m Which is to declaré and procure God vengeance n That is the Popewhich hathe his power our of hil and cometh thence o He sheweth how the Pope gaineth the victo rie not by Gods worde but by cruel warre p Meaning the whole iurisdictiō of the Pope which is compared to 〈◊〉 for their abominable sinne and to Egypt because the true libertie to serue God is taken away 〈◊〉 the faithful and Christ was condemned by Pilate who represented the Romaine power which s hulde be enemie to the godlie d Meaning a cer teine time for God hath limited the time of Anti christs tyrannie q The infidels are tormented by 〈◊〉 the trueth preached r Which shal be at the last resurrection s For it semed that Antichrist had chased them out of the hearth t 〈◊〉 the power of Antichrist u When they shal vnderstand by Gods worde the glorie of his and the punishment of his 〈◊〉 thei shal fall from the Pope and glorifie God x Albeit Satan by that Pope Tur ke and other instruments troubleth the worlde neuer so muche yet Christ shal rei gne y Iesus Christ. z This declareth the office of the godlie which is to giue God thankes for the deliuerance of his and to praise his iustice for 〈◊〉 hing of his enemies a Which signifie the destruction of the enemies a In this third vision is declared how the Church which is comapssed about with lesus Christ the Sonne of righteousnes is 〈◊〉 ted of Antichrist b The 〈◊〉 ch treadeth vnderfo te whatsoeuer is mutable and inconstant with all corrupt affections and suche like c Which signifie God and his worde d The Church euerwith a 〈◊〉 seruent desire lōged that Christ shulde be borne and that the faith ful might be 〈◊〉 nerate by his power e The deuil and all his power whiche burneth with furie and is red with the blood of the 〈◊〉 f For he is prin ce of this world and almoste hath vniuersal gouernement g By his flatteries and promises he gaineth manie of the excellent ministers and honorable persones and bringeth them to destruction h Which is Iesus Christ the first borne among manie brethren who was borne of the virgin Marie as of a special member of the Churche i The Churche was remoued from among the Iewes to the Gētiles which were as a baren wildernes and so it is persecuted to and fro Psal. 2. 9. k Iesus Christ ād his members as Apostles Martyrs and the rest of the faithful l For the dragon was depriued of al his dignitie and had no more place in the Church m They put their liues in daunger so oft as nede required n Meanyng thē that are geuen to the worlde and fles hlie lustes o And was ouer come of Christe then 〈◊〉 foght against his mēbets p VVhiche the Lord had appoin ted for her q God gyueth meanes to hys Churche to escape the furie of Sa 〈◊〉 making his creatures to serue to the sup po t there of r 〈◊〉 was not ableto destroy the head nor the bodie and therefore sheweth his rage against the members a Here is the description of the Romaine empire whiche standeth in 〈◊〉 and tyrannie b Meanyng Rome because it was firste gouerned by seuen kyngs or Emperours after Nero and also is cōpassed aboure with seuen moū taines c VVhich signifie manie prouinces e That is the deuil f This may be vn derstand of Neto who moued the first persecution againste the Churche and after slewe hym self so that the fa milie of the Cesarsended in him g For the empire was established againeby 〈◊〉 d By these beastes are signified the Macedoniās Persians Chaldeās whom the Romaines ouercame h By receyuinge the staturs ordinances decrees ceremonies and religiō of the Ro maine empire i 〈◊〉 time and power is limited k In their bodies not in soule l He meaneth that vniuersal de parryng where of S. Paul speaketh to the Thes salonians m Antichryste hath not power ouer the elect n As God ordeined from before al beginning ād all the sacrifices were as signes sacramentes of Christ death o They whiche soules captiues go them selues in to captiuitie p As the kyngdome of Christis from heauen ād bryngeth men thither so the po pes king
of the same Gospel and faith k He sheweth that none ought to be wors hipped but onelye God and that he is of their nomber whome God vseth to 〈◊〉 secrets by to 〈◊〉 Prophetes that they may declare thē to others also that we must beleue no other 〈◊〉 of prophecie but that whiche doeth 〈◊〉 of Iesus and lead vs to hym l VVhereby is signified that lesus Christ our iud ge shal be victorious ād shal triumphe ouer hys 〈◊〉 m He meaneth Christ. n So that the 〈◊〉 ked shal tremble before his face o To 〈◊〉 that he was ruler of all the worlde p That is none can haue so ful re uelacion 〈◊〉 Christe is verie God eternal infi 〈◊〉 and almightie as he him self Isay. 63 2. q VVhereby is si gnified his 〈◊〉 ād the destruction of hys enemyes r Signifying that Iesus Christ whi che is the word is made 〈◊〉 h ād is our Lorde our God and the 〈◊〉 ge of the quicke and dead s This 〈◊〉 that his Aungels shall come wyth him to Iudge the worlde t VVhiche driueth the wicked into eternall fyre * Psal. 2. 9. * 2. Tim. 6. 15. * Chap. 〈◊〉 14. u VVhich declareth his humanitie wherein he is Lord of all and shall iudge the worlde x This signifieth that the day of iudgement shal be cleare and euident so that none shal be hid for the trumpet shall blowe a lowde and all shal vnderstand it y For the Pope and the worldlie princes shall fight againste Christ 〈◊〉 vntil this laste daye z The ouerthro we of the beast and hys whiche shal be chiefly accomplished at the seconde comming of Christ. a This Angel represēreth the ordre of the Apost 〈◊〉 whose vocacion office was from heau n or maye signifie Christe whiche shulde treade downe the 〈◊〉 head b Hereby he mea neth the Gospell whereby hel is shut vp to the faithfull and Satan is chained that he can not hurt them yea the ministers hereby open it to the infideles 〈◊〉 through their im 〈◊〉 and stubbernes c That is 〈◊〉 Christs 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the time of Pope Syluester the seconde so long the pure do 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d 〈◊〉 this terme Satā had 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 then he had before e The glorie and 〈◊〉 of them that suffer for Christs sake f That is whiles they haue remained in this life g He meaneth them whyche are 〈◊〉 dead for in whome Satan li 〈◊〉 he is dead to God h VVhiche is to 〈◊〉 Iesus 〈◊〉 in true faith and to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sinne in new nes of life i The death of the soule which is eternall damnacion k Shalbe true par 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of his dignitie l That is for euer m After that the 〈◊〉 is broken and the true prea chynge of 〈◊〉 worde is corrupte n By them are ment 〈◊〉 and strange enemies of the Church of GOD as the Turke the Sarazins and others 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2. by whome the 〈◊〉 of God shulde be grieuously tormented Philip 4. 4. 〈◊〉 Chap. 3. 5. and 〈◊〉 23. Ezek. 39. 2. o VVhiche was Christe prepared iudgement with glorie and maiestie p Euerie mans conscience is as a boke wherein his dedes are writen whiche shall 〈◊〉 when God openeth the boke q 〈◊〉 all kindes of death whereby men haue bene 〈◊〉 r Hell and death whiche are last enemies shal be 〈◊〉 Isa. 65 17. and 66. 21. 2. Pet. 2 13. a All things shal be 〈◊〉 ād restored 〈◊〉 a most excellēt and perfect estate and therefore the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 The day of 〈◊〉 of al things b For all 〈◊〉 shal be purged from their 〈◊〉 pt on and the faithfull shal 〈◊〉 into heauen with their head Christe c The holie cōpa nie of the elect d Meaning that God by his diuine maiestie 〈◊〉 glorifie and renewe his ād take them vnto him Act 5 21. e All occasions of sorowes shal be taken away so that they shal haue 〈◊〉 ioye Isa. 25. 8. Chap. 7. 17. f That am the eternal life will giue vnto mine to drinke of the liuelie waters of thys euerlastyng lyfe Isa. 43. 19. 2. Cor. 5. 17. Chap. 1. 8. and 22. 13. g They whiche feare man more then God h They whiche mocked and iest at religion i Meanynge the Church which is maried to Christ by faith k By this description is declared the incomprehēsible excellencie whiche the heauenlie companie do enioy l It is sayde to come downe frō heauen because all the benefites that the Churche hathe they acknowledge it to come of GOD through Christ. m Euer grene ād florishing n Signifying that the faithfull shal be surely kept in heauen o That is place ynough to enter for els we know there is but one way and one gate euen 〈◊〉 Christ. p For the Apostles were meanes whereby Iesus Christe the true fundacion was reueiled to the worlde Isa. 60. 13 Isa. 60. 5 q This declareth that Christ is God inseparable with his Father r Here we se as in infinit other places that kings Princes 〈◊〉 to that wicked opinion of the Anabaptists are partakers of the heauenlie glo rie if they rule in the feare of the Lord. Isa. 60. 11 Philip. 4. 4 Chap. 3. 5. 10. 11 Chap XXII a He alludeth to the visible paradise to set for the more sēsibly the spiritual ād this agreeth with that which is writen Ezeck 47. 1 b Meaning that Christ who is the life of his Church is cōmune to all his and not pecu liar for any one sorte of people c For there are al things pleasunt and ful of al con tentation continually d Whiche some time were vnpure as Gentiles but now are pur ged and made whole by Christ. Isa. 60. 15 e The light shal be vnchangeable shine for euer f Now this is the secōde time that he suffered him self to be caried away with the excellēcie of the persone which is to admonishvs of our infirmitie readines to falex cept to God strēg thēvs miraculous ly with his Spirit Chap. 19. 10 g This is not̄ thē as the other Prophecies whiche were 〈◊〉 to be hyd til the time appointed as in Daniel 12 4 because 〈◊〉 at 〈◊〉 things shul de be quickely accomplished did now begin Rom 2 6. Isa. 41 4. 44. 6. Chap. 1 8. 18. 6. h They shal liue eternally with the Sōne of God Isa. 55. 1. i That mainteine false 〈◊〉 delite therein k That is a 〈◊〉 and natural man and yet God equal with my Father l For Christ is the light that gi ueth light to eue rie one that cōmeth into this worlde m Let them be afraid of Gods horrible iudgements and 〈◊〉 as thei heare the Lambe call 〈◊〉 them come n He that feleth him 〈◊〉 oppressed with afflictions and desireth the heauēlie graces cōfort o That is when God beginneth to reforme our wilby his Spirit 2 Pet. 3. 9. p Seing the Lord is at hand we ought to be con stant and reioyce but we must beware we este me not the lēgth nor shortenes of the Lords comming by our owne imagination q This declareth the earnest desire that the faithful haue to be deliuered out of these miseries and to be ioyned with their head Christ Iesus Abdia 〈◊〉 Abdi and Audias Abdenago 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Abigal 〈◊〉 Abiud 〈◊〉 Abinoom Abirom 〈◊〉 Abisne Abitub Abesalom Abessalom 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ahalab Ahara Achiam Aod Aluan Amnon Aminon Annas Aphdeno Apollos Ram Aran oren Ashriel Aiael Atarias 〈◊〉 Asarias Azmoth Beel Beellada 〈◊〉 Babylon 〈◊〉 Bildad Bethsabe Baltasar Beltesnatzas 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Bezeleel Balaam Boos Chaselon Chastomim 〈◊〉 Delaias Duel 〈◊〉 Dina Dishon 〈◊〉 Elead Eleazarus Eliazar Eli Elias 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Elionai 〈◊〉 Elishua Elisseus Elisseus Elissa 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gamariah Godoliah Giezi Abakuk Achaliah Hecheliah Hadar Hagaba Aggia Amatha Abatha Anameel Haniel Ananias Asadiah Eua Azael Ozea Chobor Helchi Hanoch Enoch Haphfiba Epsiba Ezron Huram Ezechias Obab Huziel 〈◊〉 Iakob Ioakan 〈◊〉 Iobel Iedaiah 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Asiel 〈◊〉 Iahiel 〈◊〉 Iambres Iamrah Iemuel Iaphie Iaasar Iasub Iathauael Iether 〈◊〉 Ionia 〈◊〉 Chonias Ieddia Ieddida 〈◊〉 Ioahas Ioas 〈◊〉 Iohannes Ioacim Iosaphat Iosedec Iuda Iacenna Ieruel Iehoram Ioram Ierobaal Esaiah Isaiah Iesus Iobab Iochabed Iechsan Iectan Iehonadab Iehonathra Iehoshabas Iras 〈◊〉 Iessai Iscariot Itti 〈◊〉 Ethai 〈◊〉 Isaak Chaath Choath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Lamech 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Maasei Maasias Maasaios Machabani 〈◊〉 Mahalon 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Maonathi 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Mathias 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Meltirs 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Mousa 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Nebo Naboth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Nemrod Obdiah 〈◊〉 Om. in Aunan 〈◊〉 Oziáh Phalall Phaltias Phadassur Phalatias Phaltias Phanuel Phicol 〈◊〉 Roboam Raphael 〈◊〉 Rebecca Rebekáh Sabatha Saba Sheal Saaph Sellum Sallum 〈◊〉 Shalma Salmon Shamma Salathiel Shaba Sechia 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ishmaiah Semuel Samuel Seraiah 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Hur Ourias 〈◊〉 〈◊〉